Architectural Reviewer (All Subjects) PDF

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the
1
founder of the 19th dynasty.
The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of
2
which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
3 Greek architecture was essentially.
Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected

4
by the architect Mnesicles is the.
The building in the acropolis generally considered as being
5
the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native
6
natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders
7
used by the Greeks.
From the 5th century to the present, the character of
8
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
9 of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
10
buildings in Rome.
The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
11
Greek temple.
12 Amphitheaters are used for ___.
An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used

13
in public places.
14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing

15 the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
16
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
17 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but

18
especially for storing wine.
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
20 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
21 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
22 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part
23
of a Gothic window.
24 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
How many stained glass are there in the Chartres

25
Cathedral? 1/525
PREPARED BY:
Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

26
i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
29 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
30 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular

31 plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.
32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

The principal or central part of a church, extending from
33
the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
34 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
35 The lowest step in the crepidoma.
36 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
37 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of

41
the Greek.
42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
43 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
44 A foot race course in the cities.
45 Architects of the Parthenon.

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
46
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
47
the carriages and floats are kept.
The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
48
of the Sultan's bed.
In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
49
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50 Japanese tea house
51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration
2/525
PREPARED BY:
52 Domical mound containing a relic.
53 Ifugao house (southern strain).
The style of the order with massive and tapering columns

54
resting on a base of 3 steps.
Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones
55 forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,

56
terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns
57
surrounding the naos.
58 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
59 Architect of the Einstein Tower.
60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

What architectural term is termed to be free from any
61
historical style?
62 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a

63
battlement.
In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
64
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
65 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
67 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
68 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
71 A concave molding approximately quarter round.
72 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must
73
be well oriented'.
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
75 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
76 "A house is like a flower pot"

3/525
PREPARED BY:
Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany

77
it is known as ___.
78 Architect of TWA airport.
79 "Modern architecture need not be western".
80 Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh
A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma

81
reversa strap.
82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a
84
flower arrangement or art.
The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
85
notable of its large dome.
An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
86
place over the altar in a church.
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing

87
a statue.
A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a

88
church.
89 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and

90
Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.
91 Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.
92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
93 A kindred type to the theater.
The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek

94
theaters.
A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
95
brickworks.
A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
96
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
97 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect
A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or

98
without mortar joints.
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and

99
domes.
100 "Form follows function".
4/525
PREPARED BY:
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for

101
living".
102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell
103
construction.
104 The architect of the Pantheon.
105 Architect of the World Trade Center.
106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,
107
Constantinople)
108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at
109
Karnak?
110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple
111
of the Italian renaissance style.
112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,
115
Olympius.
116 Architect of the Erechtheion.
117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
119 "A house is a machine to live in".
120 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121 "Architecture is Organic".
122 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
123 First elected U.A.P. president.
124 First president and founder of PAS.
125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines.
126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
127 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
5/525
PREPARED BY:
128 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
129 Expressionist Architect.
130 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
131 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
135 Architect of SM Megamall.
136 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this

138 church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel

139 Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian
140
churches.
141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of

142
columns at the front and rear.
143 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by

144
Bramante.
The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo
145
Maderna.
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the

146
epistle and the gospel are
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of

147 the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.
In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central

148
place at the end of the church called ___.
149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
151 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
6/525
PREPARED BY:
152 Orientation of the Medieval Church
The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low

153
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
One of the few churches of its type to have survived

155 having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
157 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines
The best example of a German Romanesque church with

158
apses at both east and west ends.
159 The council house in Greece.
160 The senate house of the Greeks.
161 The oldest circus in Rome.
162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
163 The warm room in the Thermae
164 The Hot room of the Thermae
165 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
166 The dressing room of the Thermae.
167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian

168 amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of
169
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
171 The private house of the Romans.
172 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
173 Roman apartment blocks
174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site
175 A roman house with a central patio.
176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.

A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
177
covering slab 7/525
PREPARED BY:
Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the
178 entrance portal
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
179 triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.
180 Principal room of Anatolian House

It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the
181 horizontal entablature or part supported.
182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators
185 against the sun
186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high
187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.
188 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.
189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc
191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it
192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel
193 tracery
194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
195 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
196 employed in Renaissance building.
197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London
198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
199 Architect of the White House, D.C.
200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer
203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings

8/525
PREPARED BY:
204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque
Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in
205 the life of the emperor.
In Romanesque arch’re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably
206 severe and adorned
207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was
208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as
A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
209 breath from wall
210 Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of
211 bishops throne.
212 A secluded place
213 Secular architecture
The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the
214 pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern France
Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top
215
The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque

216 architecture
Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous
217 in castle
218 Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____
219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220 A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.
A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones
221 were dropped only on an enemy below.
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions
222 known as merlons
The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.
223
9/525
PREPARED BY:
A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary
224 line
225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls,
and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a
226
drying ground for the large monthly wash
A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed
227 by angles of spires and canopies.
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the
228 vaulting.
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

229
An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of
230 northern France first pointed.
231 Leafed ornament.
232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating
233 clergy.
234 Single and most important building in Britain.
235 A room, where food is stored in a manor house.
236 The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.
238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.
239 Originally the minaret of the mosque.
240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and
241 used for burial in early times.
A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous
242 revolution of European times.
243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration
244 was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture
10/525
PREPARED BY:
A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects
245 of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
246 employed in renaissance buildings
247 A light portable receptacle for sacred relics
248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.

The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing
249
the principal social apartments.
250 Known architect in early renaissance.
251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in
253
decoration.
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a
254
terminal.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and
255
intended for relaxation.
256 France generally describe rococo as
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian
257
spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings.
Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.
258
A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in
259 geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre
in England.
260 Space between the columns.
An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines

261 intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern
262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the
coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated
263
materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects
The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative

264 designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.
A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave
265 line.
The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.
266
11/525
PREPARED BY:
A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.
267
268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning “land of the free”
270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob.

Reflects Burma’s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations
271
(16th-17th century) at Rangoon.
272 Burma’s term for monasteries.
273 Chinese monumental gateway.
Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition
274 universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.
One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium
275
building, U.S.
276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.
Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in
277
Great Britain.
Received the “Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan “award for the city of manila, who is the
278
architect?
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as “The Noble of Architecture”
the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose
279
body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.
His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well
280
as costume and poster design.
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive
abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the
281
valid elements of older style.
Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His
282 style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist
and cubist elements.
One of the world’s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and
283 only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and
homelessness.
In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current
284
technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.
Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and
285 bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations
at Toulouse and again in France.
He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals
286 such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.
French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom “Each one sees
287
whatever he wishes to see” belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60’s or at the age
288
of 60 yrs. old.
An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on
289
classical decoration.
12/525
PREPARED BY:
He was called “Masters master” where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer
290
and Van de Rohe
291 Architect who leads the development of the ‘Quezon Memorial Circle” in Quezon City.
292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands.
293 Starting with holes” belongs to architect
294 A house is a machine to live in” philosophy belongs to

He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father’s
295
teachings about craftsmanship.
One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.
296
297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the
298 shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.
299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.
300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt”
For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive

sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
301
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop

the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
302 Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater

designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
303
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in

Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
304
50,000 spectators. The exterior façade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was

designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
305
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.
13/525
PREPARED BY:
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),

A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
306
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft

contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
307 only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?
What is the name of the

308 Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d’ Orbais.(
In France, It is the official residence of President of
309 France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d’ Auvergne
In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home
of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
310 niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
311 Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?
The ___________________ is an art deco building

designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
312 by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960’s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
313 The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese

Philosopher, said, “The reality of the building does
314
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.”
14/525
PREPARED BY:
315 The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking

316 the place of a column or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively

317 emphasize the apex of a gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.
318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three
levels upon which the
320 superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size
incrementally, forming a series of steps
along all or some sides of the building.
The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial
321
Circle.
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is

322 composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways
323 leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos).
324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.
325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved
326
grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event.
327
They are frequently used
to improve
The Greek the appearance
council of a city
house which or location.
is covered meeting place for the
328
democratically-elected council is called:
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
329
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
330 The father of modern picture books of Architecture
The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the

troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
331
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
332
also known as:
The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
333
made entirely f marble is;
15/525
PREPARED BY:
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and

the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on country
334 house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
335 ‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is

336
called:
The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
337
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.”
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
338
result of the interior
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
339 of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
340
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
341 elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
342
circular form.
A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
343 century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected
344
council is called
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan
345 but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the
12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall
which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest
346 portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the
abutting living units?
The father of modern picture books of Architecture

347
“The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of
348
fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves
one slippery path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or
349 the master builders are required to register as architects?
16/525
PREPARED BY:
350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg”
352
(citizen’s town) of the medieval ages
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and the 1880’s in England and
the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which
353
was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337
354 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in
Marseilles?
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‘s and St. Paul Cathedral;
355
Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:
356
The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the
composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental
357
and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.”
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a
359
palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated
360 at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested
on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders
361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting,

362
and refinement of stonecutting techniques
363 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked
364
by ancient Roman Architectural forms
TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY
MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING
365 ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES &
VAULTING
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE

366
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF

367
THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION
368 CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
17/525
PREPARED BY:
369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.

CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND
370
ARCHES,
MODE OF and
BLDGSYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE
PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH’T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580).
371
STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.
TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH’RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT,
372 CHARATERIZED IN ARCH’RE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL
ELEMENTS.
IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES,
& CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS
373 CALLED “ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCH’RE.
THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH’RE 1750-1830, WHEN

374 RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH’RE (
NEO CLASSICAL)
( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE

ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED
SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
375
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT
PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.
SIVERSMITH-LIKE”; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH

376
RENAISSANCE.
THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND,
NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY
377
LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION
ENGLISH ARCH’L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING
THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED
378
AFTER JAMES I
THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH
AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE
379
GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE

TOWARDDS ARCH’RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th
380 CENT. BLDG’S & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY
OF A PICTURE.
Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman
381
possessed
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides
382
covering a burial chamber blow ground
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold)
383 “pyra-midion” at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with
hieroglyphics
18/525
PREPARED BY:
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
384
triangular sides meeting at the apex
385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall
Consists of a complex of “sarsen” (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have
386 been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of
southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by lintels
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number
387
from one to seven
388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright
389
stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A
390 wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an
arch or vault
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting
place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation,
391 especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench along the wall;
furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular outdoor bench, usually
with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)
392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning
393 umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or
pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods
394
or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch,

balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural
395
component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner curve
of an arch
396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular
397 dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of
vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of
398 stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high
stone roof
19/525
PREPARED BY:
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture
399 and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually
pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors.
400 painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors
onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as
401 shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered
walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man
402 used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the
upper part of a classical building
403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract
the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving
404
inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed
to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly straight column would give
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove
405
running down an architectural column
406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports
the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower
407
portions of walls when decorated separately.
408 The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat
409
narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture
410 gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as
the major part of a facade
411 The lowest square member of the base of a column
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or
412
colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious

campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-
413
reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary (statues
considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in its face
20/525
PREPARED BY:
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or
414
baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important

415
settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae
416 and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for
water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a great distance
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public
417
meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building.
418
architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out
of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period,
419
surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble
coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on
420
a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.
421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a
422
ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling
423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched
424 structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched
ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling
425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church
426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered
427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed
428
as to exert an equal thrust in all directions
429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy
430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were
431
read 21/525
PREPARED BY:
432 Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as
433
“CIBORIUM”.
A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by
434
arcades or the like.
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or
narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for
435
the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually
flanked by aisles of less height
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a

436
building
437 A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks.
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space
438
without object of adoration. (Muslim)
A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting
439
the beams of a roof, floor or vault.
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies
440
from which the faithful are called to prayer
441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle
442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form
an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a
443
tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a square tower to
support the weight of a spire or other structure above
444 Women’s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.
445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446 A double curve, resembling the letter “S”, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line
447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are
placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated
448
with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to
separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform

449 projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a
building, planned for summer leisure.
22/525
PREPARED BY:
450 A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings
451 Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a
452 horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two
arches and a cornice
453 small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical
454 window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window
or the panels of a screen
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or

455 large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine
produced there
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire,
456 especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges
intersect.
457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether
458
vaulted or flat.
Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
459
breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.
460 An umbrella shaped copula.
461 – The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate
462 platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a
colonnade
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of
463 church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part
(nave)
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The
new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle
464
with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels was
adopted
465 Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior
466 A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard
467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches
468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire
23/525
PREPARED BY:
469 – A room for storage of garments
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated
470
deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.
Covered passages around an open space or “Garth”, connecting the church to the chapter
471
house; a small courtyard or enclosed space
472 A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies
473 A vault in which the ribs compose a “star-shaped” pattern

A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by
474
monks
A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of
475
projecting stones.
476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a

477
terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.
478 An Italian impressive building or private building
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair
479
handrail or a coping (wall’s capping surface).
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic

scrolls, and ‘crimped’ folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a
profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a lavish
480
display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture and the
decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout
Europe in the early 18th century.
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of

481
art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.
A tower not connected with “Bell”. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the
482
bells are hung.
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the
483
eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen,
484 organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian
renaissance chief magistrate)
(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in
485
character.
The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and
486
other officials, usually referred to as the “choir
24/525
PREPARED BY:
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone
(Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially
487
when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the
wall
A “BRACKET”: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or

488
volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and
489 used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault,
often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts
The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is
490
framed.
491 The chief magistrate’s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square
492 or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of
glass and providing natural light inside
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall

493
between an outer door and the main part of a building
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring
494
roofs and glazed at the sides
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in
decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and
greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on somebody’s
495
head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a circular
arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of
arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing

496
room;[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the
497
flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful
498 Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor
goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An

499 architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched
structure
A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. “Die” or Dado, and a
500
cornice or cap mould
25/525
PREPARED BY:
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from
501 roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main
roof and has its own gable
A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body,
502 used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in
Renaissance times.
503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area
504 adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A
roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house
Also called ‘brackets” or “consoles” or “ancones”. It is a projecting member to support a

weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice
505 (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a
bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona of a
Corinthian or Composite column
506 The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the
508
east end of the church, behind the altar.
Also called “key pattern” the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a
509 pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved
decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a
510
raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]
The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded
511
or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside
512 Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe
A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for
513
seats in a church
A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge
514 on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes
interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of England.
515 The space between two columns
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian
516
spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings
26/525
PREPARED BY:
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than
517
brick. [brownish red color]
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or

518
heralds
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century,
an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a
519
heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of
elaborate silverware
520 An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the
rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a
521
formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer a
fine view of the surrounding area
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the
522 richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated
ornamentation]
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative
523 representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with
several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an

524
assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone
525
and brick.
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval
526
chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.
527 a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or
528 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each
storey.
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often
rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a
529
simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast
Asia and the South Pacific
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware
530
decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal
531 shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal
supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.
27/525
PREPARED BY:
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back
532 on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges
and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.
An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in
533
the façade aptly called for the floral design.
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art
534
and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.
535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building
536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.
537 Rock-cut temples in India
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their

538 intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the
trusses are directly above & below one another.
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls,
539
roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.
540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person
541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light
and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or “capiz” windows and picturesque wide tile roof.
542
Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of
wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with
544
drinking ceremony is done
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided

545 into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds
of space.
Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a
546
pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden
carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the “Sari Manok” The silken Muslim
547
canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with intricate
carvings
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit
548
canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring
28/525
PREPARED BY:
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of
549 cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest
typhoons in the north
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly
550 one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided
walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported
upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is
551
terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the
main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by

552
upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams
“Fool the eye” – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen
to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example
553
extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and make-believe
or create an outdoor scene.
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and
changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old
554
beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large
house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
1930s modernist’s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by
555 geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass
production
556 These are garden rooms.
patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer

557
leisure); LOGGIA
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire
558
crowned towers)
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic

559
church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)
560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)
561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
562 statue chamber
563 bldg that hold sculpture
564 bldg that holds painting
565 acropolis, sacred enclosure
29/525
PREPARED BY:
566 coffer, ceiling
567 space bet naos wall and column
568 tholos passageway
569 sleeping room, megaron
570 (greatest example of Egyptian temple)
571 Great Sphinx at Gizeh
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis

Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
572 Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria
573 gateway to greek temple
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
574
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena
prototype Greek Thetre

575 - largest for 30,000 people
576 oldest & most important bldg in Rome
577 largest circus in Rome
578 largest forum in Rome
579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580 2. Caves
581 3. Rocks on top of each other
582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583 5. animal skins
584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls
30/525
PREPARED BY:
585 2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins
586 3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high
587 4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
589 2. Roofs flat outside
590 3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor
591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important
593
buildings
594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted
597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599 1. The arch & the vault was developed
600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]
601 3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
602 1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
603 2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof
604 3. Mosaic decoration added internally
605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606 1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
607 2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives”
608 3. ‘Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic
609 1. Bulbous or onion dome
31/525
PREPARED BY:
610 2. Minarets
611 3. stalactite moulding
612 4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
613 5. painted arch
614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,
616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style
617 4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.
618 1. Pointed arch
619 2. buttress, flying buttress
620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting
621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622 5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)
624 2. Quoins, Balusters
625 3. domes or raised drums
626 4. pediments one within the other
627 5. rococo
628 6. baroque style
629 7. mansard roof
630 8. salon
631 1. Picturesque values
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry &
632
informality.
633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism
634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms
635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
636 6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
637 7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

32/525
PREPARED BY:
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system,
638
programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction
639 1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed
640 2. Baloon frame was introduced
641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain
643
wall.
644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed
645 3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.
646 4. Steel is used in space-frame
647 1. Hindu worship is an individual act
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda),
648
and are designed for congregational use.
649 3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character
650 4. The TORUS moulding is used
651 5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha
652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
653 1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
654 2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.
3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with
655
small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door
656
furniture, painted walls.
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square
657 chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing
the statue of Buddha
658 2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.
33/525
PREPARED BY:
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols,
659
groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and
660 projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging
lamps.
661 5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
662 6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof.
663 1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill
664 2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished
665
with porcelain tile
666 4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)
667 5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs
668 6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
669 7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned
670
with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)
671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
672 3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle.
673 4. Use of bright colors
674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675 1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a

676
succession of brackets
677 3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
678 4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats.
679 5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.

34/525
PREPARED BY:
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts,
680
carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.
681 2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,
682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,
683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684 5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
685 1. Beehives,
686 2. huts,
687 3. caves,
688 4. tents,
689 5. Stonehenge, England
690 6. igloos
691 1. Sphinx,
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser

Architect: Imhotep
 earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at
Saqqara, Egypt
692
 consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
 the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)
693 3. Obelisks,
694 4. Mastaba Tombs,
695 5. Great Temple,
6. Abu-Simbel,  dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun

696  built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 – 1237 BC)
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king

 dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
697
 built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila
698 7. Temple of Khons,
699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,

35/525
PREPARED BY:
700 2. persepolis,
701 3. hall of the hundred columns
702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,
704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,
705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706 1. Acropolis,
2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias
Location: Athens, Greece
707 Style: Ancient Greek Doric
 on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles

Location: Athens, Greece
708 Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
 has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.
709 3. Agora,
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
710  and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural
achievements of the fourth century.
 the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
 can accommodate 14,000 spectators.
711 4. ODEION theatre,
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the
712
other
713 6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,
714 7. open hillside theatres
36/525
PREPARED BY:
1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
715  great domed hall with oculus
oculus – a single circular opening
 one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
 it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
 revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture
2. Forums,Trajan’s Forum
100 – 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
716 Style: Roman
 composed of an arc of arched arcade
 most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
 largest known forums
717 3. Basilicas
718 4. Thermae,
719 5. Amphitheatres,
6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum

70 – 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Style: Ancient Roman
720  three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and
Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades
 largest Roman Amphitheater
 designed to hold 50,000 spectators
 had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly
721 7. Triumphal arch,
722 8. gateways,
723 9. aqueducts
724 1. Basilican Churches,
725 2. Baptisteries
37/525
PREPARED BY:
726 1. St. Sophia, Constantinople
727 2. St. Mark, Venice
728 1. The great mosques,
729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul
731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi
733 1. St, Zeno,
734 2. Maggiore Monastery,
735 3. Leaning Tower,
736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737 5. Castles, fortifications,
738 6. chateus, Manor houses
739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741 3. King’s College,
742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,
743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745 2. St. Peter’s PIAZZA,
746 3. Cathedral Vatican,
747 4. Palais du louvre,
748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749 6. St Paul’s Cathedral, London,
750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753 3. University Museum, Oxford
38/525
PREPARED BY:
754 4. Red House, Kent
755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757 2. New louvre,
758 3. Paris Opera House,
759 4. Paris & cologne.
1. the White House

Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
760 Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
 official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years
2. Capitol of the United States

Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Date: 1793 to 1830
761
Style: Neoclassical
 meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America,
consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate
National Gallery of Art

Architect: John Russel Pope
762
 houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
763 Style: Neo-Egyptian
 the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
 with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base
39/525
PREPARED BY:
Golden Gate Bridge

1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
764
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
 one of the longest bridge in the world
 a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
 overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
 bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters
Saint Patrick’s Cathedral

Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
765  shaped like a Latin cross
 the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
 designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style
766 3. Boston Empire State Building,
767 4. English Country Houses
768 5. Bungalows
The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
769
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
 also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
 I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance
Palais Royal
 commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
 original name is Palais Cardinal
770
 17th century
 Daniel Buren: stripped columns
Arc de Triomphe
 Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the
771
top of the Champs Elysees
40/525
PREPARED BY:
Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Building Type: modern art museum
772 Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
 a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year
 massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent
tube
Notre Dame de Paris

1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Building Type: church, cathedral
773 Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
 one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
 twin towers marking the entrance
 probably the most famous image in French Gothic art
Paris Opera House

1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
774 Style: Neo-Baroque
 polychrome façade, opulent staircase
 commission by competition
 masterpiece of 19th century architecture
 one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
 false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall
Elysee Palace
1718
775 Architect: Claude Mollet
 official residence of the president of France
Hotel de Invalides
 Napoleons tomb is within the structure
776  founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
 late 17th century
41/525
PREPARED BY:
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
 church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
777
 constructed as a church in 1842
 surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
778
Style: Gothic exemplar
 the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which
eliminated the need for alternating supports
 supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture
Rheims Cathedral
 one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
779  construction commerced by Jean d’Orbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
 a work of remarkable unity and harmony
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Building Type: exposition observation tower
780 Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
 dominates the sky line of Paris
 one of the most famous landmarks in the world
 built for the Paris Exposition of 1889
Sorbonne
781  most famous building at the University of Paris
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
782 Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic façade,
Classical Revival
 Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman
Foster
42/525
PREPARED BY:
Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
783 Style: English Gothic
 Cathedral of Saint Mary
 an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
 tallest in England 404ft (123m)
 use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured
Queen’s House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
784 Building type: large house
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
 was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I
Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Building type: government offices and art school
785
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
 Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures,
rusticated base
Saint Paul’s Cathedral

1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Building type: church
786 Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
 the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
 a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
 largest cathedral in England
43/525
PREPARED BY:
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
787 Building type: large house
Style: Palladian
 also known as “Burlington House”
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
788
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
 Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
 originally seat of kings as a royal residence
Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
789
Style: Romanesque
 one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
 had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
 the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived
Glasgow School of Art

1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
790
Building type: college
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau
Buckingham Palace
Architect: sir George Goring
791
 built during the reign of king James I
792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,
793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright

44/525
PREPARED BY:
796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright
797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
801  700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
 means “Perpetual Help”
Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
802
Style: Byzantine
 a tremendous domed space
 built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
 a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
 additional minarets when the church became a mosque
Cathedral of Siena
Location: Southern Italy
803
 incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design
Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
804 Style: Romanesque
 "Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most
famous building groups in the world
 the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
 white marble with colonnaded facades
45/525
PREPARED BY:
Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Style: Italian Romanesque
805  1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
 1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
 1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
 1418: competition for construction of dome.
 1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun
 The Duomo – dome added by Brunelleschi
 1436— church consecrated
Krak des Chevaliers

1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
806
Style: Medieval
 crusader castle
 the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world
Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
807 Style: Moorish (Islamic)
 palace of Nasrid Dynasty
 the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
 built as a cathedral in the mid-1200’s
 “hall of justice”: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
808 Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
 uses animal styles al through-out the structure
46/525
PREPARED BY:
Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
809
Style: Art Nouveau
 expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
 light court
 it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like
dwellings
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
810 Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
 Church of the Holy Family
 uncompleted during Gaudi’s lifetime
 crowned by four spires
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
811 Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
 onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal
 located on the Jumna River
 museum for Mogul emperor’s consort
812 “shrine of freedom”, designed by Father Antonio Cedeno, with Diego Jordan as engineer
famous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard
813
adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 ft above the moat;
structures
1. roofs at inside the city
45 degrees include:
gradient or less
814
2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or “tisa” were
imported)
1. a “regime” of reinforced concrete and galvanized iron
815
2. Neo-Classical styles
3. DANIEL BURNHAM
- mediocre – commissioned
design, uncontrolled by rebuilding
and hasty Gov. General
onlyW.H. Taft to old
resurrected draftdesigns
the Master
816
- commercial building drew inspiration from contemporary architecture in the West
- development
Movement of community
in 20th Century, artplanning
that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian
817
Concrete, steel and glass
Advocators:
Cubist Jim Slade and
style developed Robert Colley.
in Germany and Austria (1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
818
Devoid of ornamentation
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
Sought plans cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal.
for solutions for alternative
819
Initiated by British (pre-fab. Architecture)
A design of something Auspicious. 47/525
PREPARED BY:
Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass.
820
Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
Based
Out oninthe
view w/cidea:
the Art is an
major absolute
activities or entity, whose origin
environmental factorliewas
in the mind & in
employed whose forms are
the structure
821
in a non-intellectual manner.
,CHARACTERISTICS:
first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay building
822
in the world.
developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of
823
techniques for manufacturing rolled steel
824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
825
- escape FROM THE Industrial World
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.
827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.
828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her
829
domains had ample supply of was.
830 Greek architecture was essentially.
831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building
832
ever erected is the.
With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the
833
Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice
835
of using.
836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.
837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use
838
of what material for facing walls.
839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
841 Amphitheaters are used for ___.
842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles
844
that cover the joints of the flat tiles.
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually,
845
the ornament itself.
846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
48/525
PREPARED BY:
848 The characteristic of Greek ornament.

The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of
849
the rest of Europe.
850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.
851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
853 The open court in an Italian palazzo.
854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
855 Japanese tea house.
856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.
857 Domical mound containing a relic.
858 Ifugao house (southern strain).
859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
861 Tomb of the pharaohs.

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for
862
consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and
863
intended to house an altar.
864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
866 Architect of the Einstein Tower.
867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?
870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.
872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative
873
system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.
49/525
PREPARED BY:
876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
879 Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___.
880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture?
881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.
884 The Parthenon is from what architecture.
885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.
886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
887 A concave molding approximately quarter round.
888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.
891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.
893 "A house is like a flower pot"
894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.
895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
896 The council house in Greece.
897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.
898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.
899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.
900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
901 Less is more.
902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.
903 Embrasures.
50/525
PREPARED BY:
904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.
905 Different historical styles combined.
906 Architect of TWA airport.
907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
908 First president and founder of PAS.
909 "Modern architecture need not be western".
910 Architect of the national library, Philippines.

The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian
911
architecture, which palace was it used.
912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.
913 The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.
914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.
915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.
917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with
918
corbelled cornice and moldings.
919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.
923 The three pyramids in Gizeh
924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.
926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
927 The tomb beneath a church.
928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.
931 A roman house with a central patio.
51/525
PREPARED BY:
932 Revival of classical Roman style

The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and
933
Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic
architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall structures, round arches,
934 Architect and furniture designer.
935 First registered architect in the Philippines.
936 The public square of imperial Rome.
937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
940 Agora is from what architecture?
941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.
942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a
944
blind story.
945 A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.
946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.
948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.

In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans
949
from column to column.
950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal
958
plan of its supporting structure.
959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
52/525
PREPARED BY:
The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel
960
and usually flanked by aisles.
961 The covered walk of an atrium.
962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.
964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.
966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.
968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.

The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate
969
Buddha.
970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971 architecture.
972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.
973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.
974 The crowning member of a column.
975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.
976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
977 The cold section of a Roman Bath.
978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.
980 Holy mountains.
981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.
982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.
983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.
984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.
986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.
987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.
53/525
PREPARED BY:
988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?
992 The Greek male statues used as columns.
993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.
995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
996 The lowest step in the crepidoma.
997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.
998 The three chamber of a Greek temple.
999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.
1001 The clear space in between columns.
1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007 A kindred type to the theater.
1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011 A foot race course in the cities.
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015 Greek order that has no base.
54/525
PREPARED BY:
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel
1018
for buildings.
1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1023 Architects of the Parthenon.
1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.
1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027 The oldest circus in Rome.

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by
1028
whom and completed by whom?
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036 A quadrigas is a ___.
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043 The private house of the Romans.
55/525
PREPARED BY:
1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045 Roman large square tiles.
1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.

A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly
1047
resembling polygonal work.
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.

A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of
1053
straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or
1054
diminishing pedestal.
1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.
1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058 The origin of the door architrave.
1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.
1060 Roman apartment blocks.

A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the
1061
purpose of relaxation.
1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.
1063 "Form follows function".
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071 The warm room in the Thermae.
56/525
PREPARED BY:
1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the
1081
church called ___.
1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later
1083
developed into the transept, this is the ___.
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.
1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter
1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of
1097
the Gothic period.
1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
57/525
PREPARED BY:
1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107 The architect of the Pantheon.
1108 The senate house of the Greeks.
1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.

This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by
1115
means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?
1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122 The large element in the frieze.
1123 "A is a machine to live in".
1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125 "Architecture is Organic".
1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127 First elected U.A.P. president.
58/525
PREPARED BY:
1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136 Expressionist Architect.
1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design
1145
depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell
1146
which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
1147 Architect of SM Megamall.
1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during
1150
occasions.
Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are
1151
kept.
1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a
1153
laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.
In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped
1154
stove or kalan is known as ___.
1155 “Form follows function”
59/525
PREPARED BY:
1156 “Form does not necessarily follow function”
1157 “Art and Architecture, the new unity”
1158
“A house is a house”
1159 “Cube within a cube”
1160 “A bridge is like a house”
1161 “Less is more”
1162 Ornament is a crime
1163 Less is more only when more is too much
1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167  Formulated “Cubism and Futurism
1168 Less is Bore / “Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture”
The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to
1169
be lived in
LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such
1170
tower in New York City.
1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1172 GEODESIC DOME
1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM
1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL
1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177 EINSTEIN TOWER
1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK
60/525
PREPARED BY:
1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185 AT&T BLDG, NY
1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187 Crystal Palace, England
1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut

Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY
1189
GOTHIC
1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain
1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192 Woolworth Building, NY
1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France

Italian architect
1196
Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and
steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.
1197
Skin and bone construction.
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the
classics and later in architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the ‘International Style’
Father figure of ‘Post Modernism.’
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
1198
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.
61/525
PREPARED BY:
professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect,

painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
“ The house is a machine to live in.”
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
1199 The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),

American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete
won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
1200
“ Searching for a materials want to be.”
WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richard’s Medical Center
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
“ The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.”
“ Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.”
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
1201
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the
1202
greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.
62/525
PREPARED BY:
Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading
architects of the mid-20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Function influences but does not dictate form.”
“Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.”
“Architecture is not just to fulfill man’s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.”
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
1203
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.

Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:
“ Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.”
1204
WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of
reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural
problems.
Discovered “ferro-cemento”
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either
for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of
mortar & mesh.
1205
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris
63/525
PREPARED BY:
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late
20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the
modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the user’s taste; Culture
& the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.”
“ Less is Bore”
“More is More”
1206 “ Modern movement was almost right”
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for
public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional
Japanese forms.
Furyu
1207 Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Modern Architecture need not be Western.”
“ The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.”
House of Michealerplatz, Vienna

1208
Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland
1209
Notre Dame du Raincy, France
1210
Sagrada de Familia
1211
US Capitol, Washington DC
1212
Glasgow School of Art
1213
Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur
1214
Flatiron Building, NY
1215
Jewish Museum, Berlin
1216
TWA Terminal
1217
Helsinki Railway Station
1218
Los Manantiales, Mexico
1219
Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA
1220
Taliesin West, Arizona
1221
64/525
PREPARED BY:
Munich Olympic Stadium
1222
Tokyo, Japan
1223
Eiffel Tower, Paris
1224
Bank of China, Hong Kong
1225
Sydney Opera House
1226
Chrystal Palace
1227
Fuji TV Headquarters
1228
Auditorium Building, Chicago
1229
Salk Institute, California
1230
Unite d’ Habitacion, France
1231
Catedral de Brasilia
1232
Seagram Building
1233
Portland Building, Oregon
1234
Habitat 67, Montreal
1235
London City Hall
1236
At & T Building, NY
1237
Lippo Building , Hong Kong
1238
Red House, England
1239
Max Reinhardt House, Germany
1240
Turin Exhibition Hall
1241
Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia
1242
Jubilee Church, Rome
1243
CCTV China
1244
Saginatobel Bridge
1245
El Auditorio de Tenerife
1246
Church of the Light, Osaka
1247
1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1249 UN Building
65/525
PREPARED BY:
Allianz Arena
1250
Lloyds Building, London
1251
Torre Agbar
1252
1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA
1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256 HSBC Hongkong

JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257
Height: 420.60 meters
 design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York
1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262 John Hancock Center Chicago

PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263
Height: 452 meters
1264 THE LOUVRE
1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE
1273
1274 ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710

ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)
1275
ROYAL CHAPEL, THE PALACE OF VERSAILLES (1707-1710) FRANCE
1276
SEARS TOWER, CHICAGO (1947-1976) 110 STOREY Number of floors: 110
1277
Height: 443 meters
 still the tallest building if the antennas are included
66/525
PREPARED BY:
1278 1st Suspension Bridge
1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280 1st Mall in the Country
1281 1st Prefabricate Structure
1282 1st School in the American Period
1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286 1st Registered Architect
1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288 1st Building to use an Elevator
1289 Metropolitan Theatre
1290 U.S.T. Main Building
1291 F.E.U. Main Building
1292 Alejandro Legardo
1293 Antonio Toledo
1294 Carlos Barretto
1295 Juan Arellano
1296 Tomas Mapua
1297 Mapua Institute of Technology
1298 University of Santo Tomas
1299 Adamson University
1300 Adrian Wilson
1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305 Antonio Sindiong
67/525
PREPARED BY:
1307 Antonio Toledo
1308 Antonio Toledo
1309 Antonio Toledo
1310 Antonio Toledo
1311 Antonio Toledo
1312 Carlos Arguelles
1314 Carlos Santos-Viola
1317 Cesar Concio
1318 Cesar Concio
1319 Cesar Concio
1320 Cesar Concio
1321 Cesar Concio
1322 Chika Go, Desu Go
1323 Cresencio C. Castro
1324 Cresencio C. Castro
1325 Felipe Mendoza
1326 Felipe Mendoza
1327 Felipe Mendoza
1328 Felipe Mendoza
1329 Fernando Ocampo
1332 Francisco Manosa
68/525
PREPARED BY:
1337 Gabino de Leon
1338 Gabriel Formoso
1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345 Guillermo Tolentino
1346 Jorge Ramos
1347 Jorge Ramos
1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356 Juan Arellano
1357 Juan Arellano
1358 Juan Arellano
1359 Juan Arellano
1360 Juan Arellano
1361 Juan Arellano
69/525
PREPARED BY:
1362 Juan Arellano
1363 Juan Arellano
1364 Juan Arellano
1365 Juan Nakpil
1366 Juan Nakpil
1367 Juan Nakpil
1368 Juan Nakpil
1369 Juan Nakpil
1370 Juan Nakpil
1371 Juan Nakpil
1372 Juan Nakpil
1373 Juan Nakpil
1374 Juan Nakpil
1375 Juan Nakpil
1376 Juan Nakpil
1377 Juan Nakpil
1378 Juan Nakpil
1379 Juan Nakpil
1380 Leandro V. Locsin
70/525
PREPARED BY:
1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394 Mañosa Brothers
1395 Manuel Go
1396 Otilio Arellano
1399 Pablo Antonio
1400 Pablo Antonio
1401 Pablo Antonio
1402 Pablo Antonio
1403 Pablo Antonio
1404 Pablo Antonio
1405 Pablo Antonio
1406 Pablo Antonio
1407 Palafox & Associates
1412 Richard Kissling
1413 Rogelio Villarosa
1414 Tomas B. Mapua
1415 Tomas B. Mapua
1416 Tomas B. Mapua
1417 Tomas B. Mapua
71/525
PREPARED BY:
1418 Walter Gropius
1419 William Coscolluela
1430 William Parson
1431 William Parson
1432 William Parson
1433 William Parson
1434 William Parson
1435 William Parson
1436 Leandro Locsin
1437 Recio Casas/ KPF
1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1443 Adrian Wilson
1444 Juan Nakpil
1445 GF and Partners
72/525
PREPARED BY:
1446 Franciso Mañosa
1449 Recio Casas
1450 Leandro Locsin
1451 GF and Partners / SOM
1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1454 Anonio Sindiong
1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1458 Engracio Mariano
1462 Angel Nakpil
1463 Recio Casas
1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1466 Gabriel P. Formoso
1467 RMJM
1470 Leandro Locsin
1471 Palafox/ SOM
1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
73/525
PREPARED BY:
1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1483 Antonio Toledo
1484 Cresencio De Castro
1486 Francisco Mañosa
1489 Froilan Hong
1491 Jorge Ramos
1492 Leandro Locsin
1493 Leandro Locsin
1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1497 Alfredo Luz
74/525
PREPARED BY:
1502 William Parsons
1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506 Cesar Concio
1507 Leandro Locsin
1511 Angel Nakpil
1512 Juan Nakpil
1513 Juan Nakpil
1515 Juan Nakpil
1517 Galvan
1522 Juan Hervas
1523 Juan Nakpil
1524 Juan Nakpil
1526 Antonio Toleda
1528 Federico Ilustre
75/525
PREPARED BY:
1530 Angel Nakpil
1532 Juan Nakpil
1535 Juan Arellano
1538 Antonio Toledo
1540 Juan Arellano
1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo
1546 Tomas B. Mapua
1547 Tomas B. Mapua
1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1550 Cesar Canchela
1551 Antonio Toledo
1552 Luis Araneta
1556 Felipe Mendoza
76/525
PREPARED BY:
1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559 Alfredo Luz
1561 Juan Hervas
1563 Angel Nakpil
1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration)
1565 Victorio C. Edades
1567 Juan Hervas
1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569 Dominador Lugtu
1570 Felipe Mendoza
1571 Felipe Mendoza
1572 Cesar Concio
1573 Antonio Toledo
1574 Juan Nakpil
1575 Cesar Concio
1576 Guillermo Tolentino
1578 Jorge Ramos
1579 Cesar Concio
1583 Juan Nakpil
1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
77/525
PREPARED BY:
1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587 Philip Recto
1588 Art Alcantara
1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi
1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593 Felipe Mendoza
1594 Philip Recto
1596 RR Payumo
1603 GF and Partners/ KPF
1607 Nick Feliciano
1609 Felipe Mendoza
1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611 William V. Coscolluela
1613 Recio Casas
78/525
PREPARED BY:
1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1618 G and W
1621 Felipe Mendoza
1626 Juan Arellano
1628 Temple of Luxor
1629 Abu Simbel
1630 Pyramid of King Zoser
1631 The Great Pyramid
1632 Partheon
1633 Erechtheum
1634 Epidaurus Theater
1635 The Pantheon
1636 Trajan's Forum
1637 Colosseum
1638 White House
1639 Capitol of the United States
1640 National Gallery Of Art
1641 Washington Monument
79/525
PREPARED BY:
1642 University of Virginia
1643 Massachusetts State House
1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645 Connecticut State Capitol
1646 Monticallo
1647 New York City Hall
1648 Fallingwater
1649 Guggenheim Museum
1650 Coonley House
1651 Ennis House
1652 Johnson Wax Building
1653 Larkin Building
1654 Wingspread
1655 Golden Gate Bridge
1656 The Louvre
1657 Tuileries
1658 Palais Royal
1659 Sacre-coeur
1660 Hotel de Ville
1661 Arc de Triomphe
1662 Pompidou Centre
1663 Notre Dame de Paris
1664 ParisOpera House
1665 Elysee Palace
1666 Hotel de Invalides
1667 La Madelaine
1668 Sorbonne
1669 Charles Cathedral
80/525
PREPARED BY:
1670 Amien's Cathedral
1671 Rheims Cathedral
1672 Eiffel Tower
1673 Notre Dame du Haut
1674 Villa Savoye
1675 Burgtheater
1676 Berlin Opera House
1677 Wurzburg Residenz
1678 Einstein Tower
1679 British Moseum
1680 Salisbury Cathedral
1681 Queen's House
1682 Somerset House
1683 St. Paul's Cathedral
1684 Chiswick House
1685 Westminster Palace
1686 Glasgow School of Art
1687 Durham cathedral
1688 Buckingham Palace
1689 Temple of Heaven
1690 Hagia Sofia
1691 Cathedral of Siena
1692 Pisa Cathedral
1693 Florence Cathedral
1694 Krak des Chevaliers
1695 Alhambra
1696 Casa Batllo
1697 Casa Mila
81/525
PREPARED BY:
1698 Sagrada Familia
1699 Taj Mahal
1700 Paoay Church
1701 Vigan Church
1702 Santa Maria Church
1703 Tumauini Church
1704 Angat Church
1705 Barasoain Church
1706 San Sebastian Church
1707 San Augustine Church
1708 Taal Church
1709 Daraga Church
1710 Miagao Church
1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712 PBCom Tower
1713 Petron Mega Plaza
1714 G.T. International Tower
1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719 Petronas Tower
1720 Sears Tower
1721 Jin Mao Building
1722 Plaza Rakyat
1723 Empire State Building
1724 Central Plaza
1725 Bank of China
82/525
PREPARED BY:
1726 Emirates Tower I
1727 The Center
1728 T & C Tower
1729 AON Center
1730 John Hancock Center
1731 Shun Hing Square
1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734 Baiyoke Tower 2
1735 Chrysler Building
1736 Bank of American Palza
1737 Library Tower
1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739 AT & T Corporate Center
1740 Chase Tower
1741 Ryugyong Hotel
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for “… his outstanding
talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well
designed and conscientiously executed ” 1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
1742 4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:

1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
1743 4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)
83/525
PREPARED BY:
o Most prolific artist-designer

o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
1744 3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)
1745
o Master of Neoclassicist style

o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1746
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
1747 3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Children’s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz
1748
1749
1750
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)

 Reliance Building, Chicago
 Monadnock Building, Chicago
 Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
 Prepared site for
1751
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office
1752  Implementation of D. Burnham’s plans
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans

o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
1753
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines
84/525
PREPARED BY:
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the “El Nido” style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
1754 3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???
1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world
1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)
1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758 he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace
1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Works
his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest
1760
architectural school in the country
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1762 o Public administrator; advocated “Building Code of Manila”

o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763
o Pioneering Staff of “Division of Architecture”
Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-pitch
1764
roof in the central building
1765 Quiapo Church
1766 The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768 Rizal Home Restoration
1769 Bonifacio Monument
1770 SSS Bldg
1771 Sn Miguel Church
1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773 Phil. National bank
1774 Manila Railroad Company
1775 FEU
1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)

Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in
1777
the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing :
tropical fruits and flora motifs, bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling
85/525
PREPARED BY:
1778 Rizal Memorial
1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio
1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism
1782 Supreme Court
1783 Quezon Memorial Circle
1784 OLD MIA
1785 GSIS
1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1791 Finance Bldg
1792 Baclaran Church
1793 US Protestant Church
1794 Perpetual Help Church
1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796 Childrens Hospital
1797 ABS CBN QC
1798 DBP - Makati
1799 Manila Hilton
1800 UPLB Masterplan
1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802 Malacanang
1803 Manila Hotel
1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805 Phil. Normal college
86/525
PREPARED BY:
1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807 UST Chapel
1808 Antipolo Church
1809
1810 Baguio
1811 Luneta Park
1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)

1. Manila Hotel
1813
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
1814
1815 Manila POLO Club
1816 FEU Main Bldg
1817 Lyric Ideal Theather
1818 Jai Alai
1819 Central bank of the Philippines
1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821 San Agustin Church
1822 UST Main Bldg
1823 Araneta Coliseum
1824 Sto. Domingo Church
1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826 Iglesia ni Kristo
1827 New Era
1828 Rustans QC
1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830 Vista De Loro
1831 San Beda Chapel
1832 1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance

2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon
1833
Aquino during her presidency
87/525
PREPARED BY:
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style
1835 4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall
5. Perkin’s House – also known as “El Nido” (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila’s
1836
1925 House Beautiful Contest
1837 Malacanang residence
1838 UP Catholic Chapel
1839 St. Andres Church - Makati
1840 Mandarin hotel

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which
1841
reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842 National Arts Center
1843 NAIA
1844 Manila Hotel , New
1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846 Edsa Shrine

Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof
1847
reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window
borrowed from the bahay kubo
1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration
1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850 Antonio Pacific
1851 Pacific Plaza
1852 Ali Mall
1853 SM
1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855 Tektite Tower
1856 National Bookstores
1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858 Shangrila Makati
1859 Kings Court 1 & 2
1860 Silahis Hotel
1861 Stella Maris College
88/525
PREPARED BY:
1862 Manila Doctors Hospital
1863 Times Theater
1864 Makati Med. Center
1865 Quezon City Hall
1866 De La salle University
1867 Nurses Home
1868 • UY-CHACO building
1869
1870
o Magsaysay Center
1871
o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872 Robinson's Galeria
1873 Quiapo Mosque
1874 Phil. Heart center
1875 Meralco Building

o Feati University Building
1876
o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs)
•o PLDT
UST seminary
TOWER,building
Ayala avenue, Makati City
1877
• 6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City
• CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
1878 • AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.)
• PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica)
1879
• ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
KINGSWOOD,
• GT Vito Cruz,
INTERNATIONAL MakatiAyala
TOWER, City avenue, Makati City
1880
• OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
• PBCOM
PETRON, TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
MEGAPLAZA
1881
• JIN MAO TOWER
• ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
1882
• FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
1883 • ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas
1884 • ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887 Las Pinas Church
1888 Loboc Church Bohol
1889 Manila Cathedral
89/525
PREPARED BY:
1890 Miagao Church, iloilo
1891 Morong Church, Rizal
1892 Panay Church, Rizal
1893 Quiapo Church
1894 San Agustin Church
1895 World Trade Center –
1898 Edmundo Lucero
1899 Francisco Fajardo
1900 Gavino de Leon
1901 Cezar de dios
1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
90/525
PREPARED BY:
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
91/525
PREPARED BY:
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
92/525
PREPARED BY:
Rameses I
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix
Acroterion
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Roman
176
93/525
PREPARED BY:
a. i, ii, iii
Octagonal
13..
Square
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Stylobate
Stereobate
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
Stadium
Callicrates and Ictinus
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Dapogan
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
94/525
PREPARED BY:
Stupa
Bale
Doric
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Van Alen
Embrasures
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Canephora
Bartizan
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
William Cosculluela
Imhotep
Richard Josef Neutra

95/525
PREPARED BY:
Jugendstijl
Eero Saarinen
Kenzo Tange
Khufu
Console
Chartres Cathedral
Octagonal
Tokonama
Hagia Sophia
Baldachino
Tabernacle
Exedra
Niche
Mudejar
Mnesicles
Pinacotheca
Odeion
Epidauros
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Opus Tesselatum
Louis Sullivan
96/525
PREPARED BY:
Buckminster Fuller
Marcel Lajos Breuer
Felix Outerino Candela
Agrippa
Minoru Yamasaki
Bernini
Anthemius and Isidorus
George Ramos
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Iñigo Jones
Callimachus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
Mnesicles
Phidias
Welton Becket
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
97/525
PREPARED BY:
Shah Jahan
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Morong Church
Panay Cathedral in Capiz
Bema
Naos
Amphi-Prostyle
Cella
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Forum
East
South
98/525
PREPARED BY:
West
Cancelli
Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens
Nea Moni
Centralized
Liceo de Manila
Worms Cathedral
Bouleuterion
Prytaneion
Circus Maximus
Forum Romanum
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Vespasian / Domitian
Treasury of Atreus
Xerxes
Domus
Thalamus
Insulae
Villa
Atrium House
Balneum
Menhir
99/525
PREPARED BY:
Royal pyramids
Megaron
Order
Crepidoma
Naos
Thermae
Velarium
Insula
Baldachino
Narthex
Gymnaceum
Voussoirs
Cenotaph
West door
Rayonnant
Plough
Camber
Rustication
Sir Joseph Paxton
Antonio Gaudi
James Hoban
Carlos Baretto
Masjid
Muenzzin
Islamic
100/525
PREPARED BY:
Kibla
Shah-Jehan
Cluniac
sober & dignified
sixtite
pilaster strips
campanile
ambrogio
Altars
Castle
Alexander
Helm Roof
Church bldgs.
Portugal
Alocabaca, Portugal
Fortress
fortification
machicolations
battlement
merlons
101/525
PREPARED BY:
bailey
Steve church
domestic
crocket
buttress
transept
tudor
mouldings
tracery
presbytery
West minister abbey
pantry
cimborio
finial
retablo
kibla
Florence Cathedral
crypt
Renaissance
Palladian
antiquarian
102/525
PREPARED BY:
mannerists
Rustication
Reliquary
Brunelleschi
Piano Noble
Donato Bramante
Mullion
transom
wreath
scroll
nymphaneum
rocaile
cherubin
newel
strapwork
intercolumnation
fretwork
pulpitum
polychromy
expressionism
eyebrow
skylight
103/525
PREPARED BY:
reja
cella
Burma
viharas
shwe dagon pagoda
pitakat-taik
pailou
Alexandre Gustav Eiffel
Louis Henry Sullivan
Yamasaki and Roth
Charles Mackintosh
Tomas Mapua
Frank Gehry
Erich Mendelsohn
Kahn, Louis
Antonio Gaudi
Buckminster Fuller
Francisco Manosa
Gustave Eiffel
Francisco Manosa
Lucio Costa
Buckminster Fuller
Robert Adam
104/525
PREPARED BY:
Peter Behrens
Francisco Manosa
984 ft.
Buckminster Fuller
Le Corbusier
Mies van de Rohe
Richard Meier
Oscar Niemeyer
Nervi, Pier Luigi
Lucio Costa
Kenzo Tange
hierogyphics
Parthenon
Epidaurus Theater
Colosseum
Trajans forum
105/525
PREPARED BY:
Agrippa
Robert Mills
Reims Cathedral
Elysee Palace
Torogan House
Ivatan’s Rakuh
Manila Metropolitan Theatre
G.F.& Partners
Lao Tze
106/525
PREPARED BY:
Plinth
Caryatid
Finial
le Corbusier
Telamon
Crepidoma
Federico Ilustre
Archivolt
Eisodos
Obelisk
Aokum
Gargoyle
Monument
Bouleuterion
Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak
Andrea Palladio
Ten books of Architecture by Marcus

Vitruvius
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajan’s Column
107/525
PREPARED BY:
Queen Anne style
Sir Christopher Wren
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
Prytaneion
Kankanay
Decorated style
Cromlech
Mannerism
Bouleuterion
Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak
Firewall; Fireblock
Andrea Palladio
10 books of architecture by Vitruvius
Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986
108/525
PREPARED BY:
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
Medieval Organic City
Queen anne Style
Unite d Habitation
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
prytaneion
Kankanay
Cavaea
Decorated Style
Chromlech
Palladianism
Egyptian Architecture
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Rayonant
109/525
PREPARED BY:
Flamboyant
Renaissance Architecture
Palladianism
Mannerism
Baroque
Antiquarian
Rococco
Plateresque Architecture
Elizabethan Architecture
Jacobean Architecture
Gregorian Architecture
Picturesque Architecture
Sphinx
Mastaba
Obelisk
110/525
PREPARED BY:
Pyramid
Batter
Stonehenge
Ziggurat
Hieroglyphics
Dolmen
Voussoirs
Exedra
Cella
Stupa
Eclectic
Soffit
Fortress
Pendentive
Mayan Temple Pyramid
111/525
PREPARED BY:
Picturesqueness
Fresco
Stoa
Atlantes
Abacus
Entasis
Flutes
Caryatids
Daado
Arris
Fillets
Pediment
Plinth
Agora
Triumphal Arch
112/525
PREPARED BY:
Thermae
Colosseum
Aquaducts
Forum
Pinaccle
Sarcophagus
Mausolleum
Groins
Coffers
Butress
Vault
Narthex
baptisteries
Font
Dome
Bema
Arcade
Ambo
113/525
PREPARED BY:
Mosaic
Baldachino
Aisle
Nave
Apse
Kiosk
Mosque
Corbel
Minaret
Chamfer
Atrium
Squinch
Harem
Cenotaph
Ogee
Keystone
Iconostasis
Verandah
114/525
PREPARED BY:
Piazza
Arabesque
Spandrel
Turret
Mullions
Chateau
Fleche
Niche
Boss
Pilaster Strip
Chatris
Tracery
Podium
Transept
Rib & Panel
Cimborio
Larder
Spire
Steeple
115/525
PREPARED BY:
Wardrobe
Camber
Coisters
Pantry
Stellar Vault
Monastery
Oriel Window
Refectory
Scroll
Palazzo
Baluster
Rococo
baroque
Belfry
Entablature
Doge's Hall
Pavillion
Chancel
116/525
PREPARED BY:
Quoins
Console
Crypt
Newel
Doge's Palace
Cupola
Vestibule
Lantern
Wreath
Salon
Mansard
Nymphaeum
Finial
Pedestal
117/525
PREPARED BY:
Dormer
Hermes
Mullions
Patio
Modilions
Transom
Tabernacle
Ambulatory
Finial
Dais
Bay Window
Helm Roof
Gallery
Strapwork
Intercolumnation
Cherubs
118/525
PREPARED BY:
Terracotta
Heraldic
Plateresque Architecture
Pulpit
Belvedere
Churrigueresque
Candelabra
Fretwork
Wata Dage
Tudor Revival
Torus
Pagoda
Bungallow
Faience
Stambas / Laths
119/525
PREPARED BY:
Great Wall
Art Noveau
bauhaus
Fenestration
Architectonic
Rarhs
Space Frame
Baloon Framing
Pai Lou
Bonsai
Antillan House
Belvedere
Tea House
Ken
Ifugao/ Bontoc House
Nipa House
maranao House
120/525
PREPARED BY:
Ivatan House
Loggia
Irrimoya Gable
Torii
Trompel o Eil
Country House
Art Deco
Gazebo
Stoa
Pinacle
Boss/ Groin
Quoins / Squinch
Serdab
Glypthoteca
Pinacotheca
Themenos
121/525
PREPARED BY:
Lacunaria
Peroma
Dromos
Thalamus
The Great Temple of Arnak
God Horus
Egyptian Architects
Propylaea
Partenon
Theatre of Dionysus
Forum Romanum
Circus Maximus
Forum of Trajan
Prehistoric Period
122/525
PREPARED BY:
Mesopotamian Architecture
Pre columbian Architecure
Greek Architecture
Roman Architecture
Early christian Architecture
Byzantine Architecture
123/525
Islamic Architecture
PREPARED BY:
Islamic Architecture
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Renaissance Architecture
Britain Architecture
124/525
PREPARED BY:
Continental Europe
American Architecture
Modern International
India / pakistan
Sri Lanka
Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet 125/525

PREPARED BY:
Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet
Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia
China
Japan
126/525
PREPARED BY:
Philippines
Pre Historic Period - Structures
Egyptian Buildings
Ancient near East (mesopotamia) 127/525

Buildings
PREPARED BY:
Ancient near East (mesopotamia)

Buildings
Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru,

Mexico)
Greek Buildings
128/525
PREPARED BY:
Roman Buildings
Early Christian Structures
129/525
PREPARED BY:
Byzantine Structures
Islamic Buildings
Romanesque Buildings
Gothic Buildings
Rennaissance Buildings
Britain Buildings
130/525
PREPARED BY:
Britain Buildings
Continental Europe Buildings
American Structures
131/525
PREPARED BY:
American Structures
132/525
PREPARED BY:
French Architecture
133/525
PREPARED BY:
134/525
PREPARED BY:
English architecture
135/525
PREPARED BY:
136/525
PREPARED BY:
137/525
PREPARED BY:
Asian & Spain Architecture
138/525
PREPARED BY:
Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)
Intramuros
Late Spanish Period
American Period
Post War Architecture
Futurism
Functionalism
Utilitarianism
139/525
PREPARED BY:
Constructivism
Neo-expressionism
The Great Mosque of Djenné in Mali,
Elisha Graves Otis
Ecclectism
The Arts & Crafts Movement
Pyramid
Cheops
Rameses 1
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Sober and dignified
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix (Antefixae)
Acroterion / Acroterium
Anthemion
Apotheca
140/525
PREPARED BY:
Anthemion
Marble
Pisa
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale
Ziggurat
Doric
Pyramid
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Cambodian
Van Alen
Embrasures
Agra
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Heb-sed
141/525
PREPARED BY:
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Groin Vault
Visayan
Greek
Canephora
Bartizan
Basilica
Greek
Helm Roof
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
Pinnacle
William Cosculluela
Baroque for of Ornamentation
Richard Josef Neutra
Sarcophagus
Imhotep
Bouleuterion
U.S. / English Renaissance
Tussel House
Astylar
Jugendstijl
Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe
Liceo de Manila
Crenel
142/525
PREPARED BY:
Balance
Eclecticism
Eero Saarinen
Kaufman House
Juan Nakpil
Kenzo Tange
Felipe Mendoza
Palace of Persepolis
Saracenic Architecture
Echinus
S-tiles
Agora
Entasis
Baroque
Pagoda
Roman
Crepidoma
Amphi-Prostyle
Cenotaphs
Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos
Aljibe
Impluvium
Naos
Crypt
Bema
Console
Villa
Atrium House
143/525
PREPARED BY:
Romanesque
Romanesque
Alvar Aalto
Tomas Mapua
Forum
Welton Becket
Chartres Cathedral
176
Greek
Ziggurat
Acanthus
Arch
Triforium
Clerestory
Module
Tympanum
Arcade
Architrave
Entablature
Cornice, Frieze, Architrave
Octagonal
13
Tokonama
Square
Hagia Sophia
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
144/525
PREPARED BY:
Nave
Ambulatory
Cantharus
Exedra
Baldachino
Tabernacle
Niche
Minaret
Lacunaria
Bayon
Mudejar
Crocket
Abacus
Capital
Plinth
Chancel
Frigidarium
Barasoain Church
Seraglio
Ziggurat
Mnesicles
Harem
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus
Mortuary and Cult Temples
Mortuary Temple
145/525
PREPARED BY:
Ziggurat
Pyramid
Cult Temple
Persian
Atlantes
Exedra
Peripteral
Stylobate
Stereobate
Gymnasium
Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos
Pinacotheca
Prostyle
Intercolumniation
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Odeion
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
stadium
In Antis
Amphi-Antis
Gymnasium
Doric
146/525
PREPARED BY:
Epidauros
Tuscan and Composite
Use of Concrete
Pantheon
Forum Romanum
Xerxes
Artaxerxes
Callicrates and Ictinus
Phidias
Lacus
Salientes
Circus Maximus
Vespasian / Domitian
Mnesicles
Clepsydra
Treasury of Atreus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
18
4-horse Chariot
Cyma Reversa
Key Pattern
Sculptured Reliefs
House #33
Bird's Beak
Peribolus
Domus
147/525
PREPARED BY:
Podium
Bepidales
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Basilica
Choragic Monument
Fret
Termini
Opus Tesselatum
Callimachus
Thalamus
Timber-enframed Portal
Etruscans
Insula
Nymphaeum
Renaissance
Louis Sullivan
Iñigo Jones
Hypostyle Hall
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Buckminster Fuller
Rock-Hewn Tombs
George Ramos
Tepidarium
148/525
PREPARED BY:
Calidarium
Frigidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Forum
East
South
West
Cancelli
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Statues
Centralized
Anthemius and Isidorus
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Little Metropole Cath., Athens
Nea Moni
Lantern
Cloisters
Ornamental Arcades
Worms Cathedral
Cathedral
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
149/525
PREPARED BY:
Bernini
Dispensa
Falig
Minoru Yamasaki
Greek
Balteus
Roman
Agrippa
Prytaneion
Marcel Lajos Breuer
Felix Outerino Candela
Hypotrachelion
Doric
Ionic
Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens
Tower of the Winds, Athens
Acanthus and Dolphin
Greek
Papyrus
Cult Temple
Balneum
Cella
Triglyph
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
150/525
PREPARED BY:
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Telamones or Atlantes
Herms
Terms
Madrassah
Moscow
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Eclecticism
Neo-Classism
Parti
Felipe Mendoza
George Ramos
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Morong Church
Panay Capiz
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Azotea
Dapogan
Louis Sullivan
151/525
PREPARED BY:
Antonio Gaudi
Walter Gropius
Louis Khan
Le corbusier
Robert Mailart
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Adolf Loos
Frank Loyd Wright
EERo Saarinen
Kenzo tange
Marcus Vitruvius
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Robert Venturi
Lao Tse
SOM
Willian Van Allen
Buckminster Fuller
Jorn Utzon
Frank Loyd Wright
Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer
Walter Gropius
Erich Mendelson
Le corbusuier
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Bobby Manosa
CC. de cstro
Manuel manosa
IM pei
152/525
PREPARED BY:
Eero Saarinen
Philip Jhonson
Antonio Gaudi
Joseph Paxton
Philip Jhonson
Maurice de Sully
Antonio Gaudi
Bruce Graham & SOM
Cass Gilbert
Frank Loyd Wright
Barma & Posnik
Le corbusuier
Marcel Brever
Mies van de Rohe
Philip Jhonson
153/525
PREPARED BY:
Le corbusuier
Louis Khan
Perret Auguste
Frank Loyd Wright
154/525
PREPARED BY:
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Pier Luigi Nervi
155/525
PREPARED BY:
Robert Charles Venturi
Kenzo Tange
Adolf Loos
Alvar Aalto
Auguste Perret
Antonio Gaudi
Benjamin Latrobe
Charles Rennie Macintiosh
Cesar Pelli
Daniel Burnham
Daniel Libeskind
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Felix Candela
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright

156/525
PREPARED BY:
Frei Otto
Fumihiko Maki
Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei
Jorn Utzon
Joseph Paxton
Kenzo tange
Louis Sullivan
Louis Khan
Le corbusuier
Oscar Niemeyer
Mies van de Rohe
Michael graves
Moshe Safdie
Norman Foster
Philip Jhonson
Paul Rudolph
Philip Webb
Peter Eissenman
Pier Luigi Nervi
Renzo Piano
Richard Meier
Reem Koolhaas
Robert Mailaart
Santiago Calatrava
Tadao Ando
Willian Van Allen
Wallace Harrison
157/525
PREPARED BY:
Jacques Herzog and

Pierre de Meuron
Richard Rogers
Jean Nouvel
Eero Saarinen
DP Archts & Micheal Wilford
W.S. Atkins & partners
Lord Norman Robert Foster
SOM
Minoru Yamasaki
C.Y. lee & partners
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
SOM
Cesar Pelli
IM pei
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
Bruce Graham
CESAR ANTONIO PELLI
IM pei
Shreve , Lamb & Harmon
IM pei
Jacques Germain Souflot
John Wood
Robert de Cotte
Bruce Graham / SOM
158/525
PREPARED BY:
Puente Colgante
Masonic Temple, Escolta
Crystal Arcade, Escolta
San Sebastian Church
Philippine Normal School
Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)
PSB Building (Picache Building)
Manila Hotel
Tomas Mapua
Carlos Barretto
Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)
Juan Arelleno
Roque Ruano
Pablo Antonio
Daniel Doane
Daniel Burnham
S. Rowland
Harold Keys
William Birt
1925
1930
1941
Rufino Tower
Chaco Building (Philtrust)
Crystal Arcade (demolish)
Department of Health
Evangelista House
SM Megamall
159/525
PREPARED BY:
VIP Building
Department of Finance
Department of Tourism
Leyte Capitol
Lyric Theatre (demolish)
Manila City Hall
Manila Hilton
Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)
Iglesia ni Cristo
Nuestra Señora de Guia
Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help)
Insular Life Building
Union Church
UP Melchor Hall
UP Palama Hall
World Trade Exchange
Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)
SM Makati
Ateneo de Manila University
Ateneo de Manila University
FEU Hospital
Mormon Temple
Ambassador Hotel
Manila Cathedral
Philippine Women's University
Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)
Corregidor Island Landscaping
160/525
PREPARED BY:
EDSA Shrine
Metrorail Stations (LRT)
Moonwalk Church
UE Chapel (Recto)
Metropolitan Museum
Glorietta
Greenbelt-3
Heritage Hotel
Manila Peninsula
Oakwood Towers
Prudential Bank Building
Bonifacio Monument
Manila Golden Mosque
Philippine Heart Center
Batasan Pambansa
Don Bosco Chapel
Meralco Building
Philippine Airlines Building
Sta. Catalina College
Sto. Domingo Church
Union Church (demolish)
Virra Mall
Court of Appeals
Metropolitan Theatre
National Museum / Legilative Building
Post Office Building
Sariaya Municipal Hall
SMS Building
161/525
PREPARED BY:
Supreme Court
Tayabas Capitol
UP Villamor Hall
Capitan Pepe Building
Elena Apartments
Ever Theatre
Manila Jockey Club
Philippine Trust Building
Quezon City Hall
Quezon Institute
Quiapo Church
Rizal Theatre (demolish)
Rufino Building
San Carlos Seminary
San Lazaro …..
State Theatre
UP Administration Bldg
UP Library
Ayala Triangle Tower-1
CCP Theatre
Citibank Building
Cultural Center of the Philippines
Folk Art's Theatre
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Makati Stock Exhchange
Malacañang Palace
Mandarin Oriental Manila
Manila International Airport
162/525
PREPARED BY:
Philippine Stock Exchange
UP Chapel
Valle Verde Country Club
Makati Medical Center
San Miguel Corporation Center
La Fayette 1 & 2
Mehan Garden
National Bureau of Investigation
San Juan Municipal Hall
Bel-Air Apartment
Conception Theatre (demolish)
FEU Main Building
Forum Theatre
Galaxy Theatre
Ideal Theatre (demolish)
Manila Bulletin Building
Manila Polo Club
Forbes Tower
Rockwell Center
SM Centerpoint
SM Fairview
SM Southmall
Rizal Monument
College of St. Benilde
CEU Main Building
De La Salle University
Mapua Residence
PGH Nurse's Home
163/525
PREPARED BY:
U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun

Breaker)
JAKA Tower
Robinson Tower /Building
Robinson's Galleria
Robinson's PCI Tower
Robinson's Place
SM Cebu
SM City EDSA
Tutuban Mall
Twin Towers
The World Center
World Trade Center
Army Navy Club
Manila Hotel
Normal School
PGH (Philippine General Hospital)
UP Manila
YMCA Arroceros
(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building
LKG Tower
Manila Peninsula
Prudential Bank Ayala
RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)
Ritz Towers
Pacific Plaza
Rufino Tower
Rufino Building
Shangrila Hotel Ayala
164/525
PREPARED BY:
Ateneo Professional Schools Building
Atrium
Greenbelt
Greenbelt 2
Greenbelt Chapel
Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)
Philamlife Tower
BA Lepanto
China Bank Building
Asian Institute of Management
Citibank Tower
Doña Narcisa De Leon Building
New World Hotel (Renaissance)
Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)
King's Court II
Makati Sports Club
PLDT Dela Rosa
Shangrila Grand Tower
RCBC Buendia
Metrobank Buendia
Pacific Star
The Columns Buendia
Development Bank of the Philippines
Le Metropole
St. Andrews Church
Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)
Coco Bank Makati
Don Bosco Chapel
165/525
PREPARED BY:
Manila Polo Club
Colegio de San Agustin
Galleria De Magallanes
Magallanes Church
1322 Roxas
Admiral Apartments
Cultural Center of the Philippines
CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air
Apartments
Department of Finance
Department of Foreign Affairs ADB
Metropolitan Museum
Coconut Palace
PICC
Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)

Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the
Philippines
Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang
Francisco Balagtas
GSIS Building CCP
National Arts Center
PHILCITE
Manila Hilton
Fort San Antonio De Abad
Nuestra Señora de Guia
Magsaysay Center
Central Bank of the Philippines
Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)
Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)
Hyatt Regency Hotel
166/525
PREPARED BY:
Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)
Manila Hotel
Monterey Apartment
Manila Midtown Hotel

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)
Philippine Airlines Bldg
Galaxy Theater
Ideal Theater
Picache Building
Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)
Quiapo Church
PNB Escolta
Avenue Theater
Casino Español
Instituto Cervantes
Ambassador Hotel
Arguelles Building
Paterno Building Sta. Cruz
Army Navy Club
Assumption Convent
Capitol Theater
Ever Theater
Galaxy Theater
Lyric Theater
Ideal Theater
GSIS Building
Perez- Samanillo Building
167/525
PREPARED BY:
Petrona Apartments
Captain Luis Gonzaga Building
Captain Pepe Building
Cebe Plaza Building
Metropolitan Museum
Metropolitan Theater
Mehan Garden
Museo ng Maynila
Manila City Hall
National Library
Post Office Building
Planetarium
National Museum (Old Legislative
Building)
Crystal Arcade
Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine
Normal University
De La Salle University
Nurses Home (PGH)
PGH
National Burieau of Investigation
Manila Astral Tower

Department of Tourism (agriculture and
commerce)
Manila Doctors Hospital
Philam Life UN Ave.
Ramon Roces Publications Building
FEU Building
FEU Hospital
PLDT España
168/525
PREPARED BY:
Gota De Leche
Far East Bank Intramuros
Manila Cathedral
Manila Highschool
Palacio del Gobernador
National Press Club
San Agustin Church
Phoenix Building
Philippine Columbian Clubhouse
Manila Railroad Station Tutuban
Ali Mall
Araneta Coliseum
Ateneo De Manila University
Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and
Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)
Quezon Hall (UP Admin)
Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)
Bonifacio Monument
Central Bank of the Philippines
Philippine Heart Center

Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod
ng Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC
Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth
Quezon City Sports Club
Quezon Institute
Quezon Memorial
Alexandra Condominium
169/525
PREPARED BY:
Asian Development Bank
One Corporate Center
Tiendesita's
Robinson's Galleria
Benguet Center
Renaissance 1000
Renaissance 2000
Development Academy of the Philippnes
One San Miguel
San Miguel Building
Discovery Suites
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Tektite Towers
JMT Tower
SM Megamall
EDSA Plaza Hotel
EDSA Shrine
GT Tower
Wack-Wack Twin Towers
Medical City Hospital
Meralco Building
Loyola Memorial Chapel
Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)
Mormon Temple
Club Filipino
One Beverly Place

White Cross Orphanage also White
Cross Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2
170/525
PREPARED BY:
Essensa Tower
Serendra
Alabang Golf and Country Club
Alabang 400
Insular Life Alabang
Las Piñas Church Restoration
Mary Immculate Parish Church
Assumption College Antipolo
Corregidor Island
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious
Light)
Maya-Maya Resort
Pearl Farm
Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol
Valley Golf Club
Imhotep
Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias
Mnesicles
Polykleitos
Acrippa
Apollodorus of Damascus
Vespacian and Domitian
James Hoban
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills
171/525
PREPARED BY:
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Joseph Strauss
Peirre Lescot
Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Domencio de Cortona
Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano
Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet
Napoleon I
172/525
PREPARED BY:
Gustave Eiffel
Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von
Hasenaver
Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn
Sir Robert Smirke
Inigo Jones
William Chambers
Lord Burlington
Sir Charles Barry
Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Sir George Goring
Isidoros and Anthemios
Arnolfo di Cambio
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
173/525
PREPARED BY:
Antonio Gaudi
Emperor Shah Jahan
Antonio Estavillo
Benigno Fernandez
Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias
Fray Marcos Anton
Fray Juan de Albarran
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Cesar Pelli & Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shreve Lamb & Harmon

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and
Associates
I.M. Pei & Partners
174/525
PREPARED BY:
NORR Group Consultants
Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee
Edward D. Stone &
K.Y. Cheung Design
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
Plan Architect Co.
William Van Allen
Johnson/Burgee Architects
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Peter Ellis, SOM
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
175/525
PREPARED BY:
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
176/525
PREPARED BY:
Andres Luna de san Pedro
Leandro Locsin
Tomas Mapua
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
177/525
Juan Arellano
PREPARED BY:
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
178/525
PREPARED BY:
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
Pablo Antonio
Gabriel Formoso (GF)
Antonio Herrera
Fr. Roque Roano
Rufino Antonio
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
Carlos Santos Viola
Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design

Awardee for Architecture)
Andres Luna de san Pedro 179/525

PREPARED BY:
Andres Luna de san Pedro
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Manosa
Antonio Sidiong
Rogelio Villarosa
180/525
Luis Araneta
PREPARED BY:
Luis Araneta
Ruperto Gaite
Tomas Mapua
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Alfredo Luz
William Coscolluela
Jorge Ramos
Jose Zaragosa
Fernando Ocampo
(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ,
SIMBULAN & PATNERS
LOCSIN & PARTNERS
RECIO + CASAS
GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS
SOM
Palafox
Recto
PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS
ROMAN Dalinao
Joseph Ruiz
Fr. Diego cera
Salazar
181/525
PREPARED BY:
Comporedando & Gonzales
dela Madre
restored by Nakpil & zaragosa
Macias
Minoro Yamasaki
Hezagon Architects
PRC Awardee 1996
182/525
PREPARED BY:
183/525
PREPARED BY:
184/525
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying
1 Bearing wall system
space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
2 Rigid component
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
3 Flexible component
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
4 200 mm
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
5 2 years
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars
6 6 db
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars
7 8 db
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
8 25mm
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
9 clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? 1.50 db
(NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary

10 flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times 450 mm
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as

11 one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 4
407.7.6.1)
Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:
12 36 mm
(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
13 flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least 40 db
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
14 75 mm
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
15 20 mm
(NSCP 407.8.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
16 0.90'
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
17 0.85'
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
18 L / 20
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
19 L / 24
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
20 L / 28
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
21 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear
22 0.40'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
23 0.75'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
24 d/2
185/525
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less
25 300 mm
than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
26 Braced Frame
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
27 Diaphragm
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
28 Moment resisting frame
flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
29 25%
________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and
warehouse
The slope ofoccupancies.
cut surfaces (NSCP
shall be208.5.1.1)
no steeper than _______%
30 50%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
31 10 days
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
32 50%
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
33 0.60m
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
34 6.00 m
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not
embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
35 200 mm
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column
36 not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate 15 mpa
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on
37 soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover 150 mm
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon
38 wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, 50 kpa
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates

39 or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the 12 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
40 or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the 16 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
41 capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal 10%
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
42 1.50m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
43 3,0 m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
44 30 times
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
45 186/525 17.50 mpa
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength
46 20 mpa
Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
47 75 mm
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
48 35 mpa
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
49 250 mm
(NSCP 307.6.3)
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to Miscellaneous
51
what type of occupancy? occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall
52 Special occupancy
to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
53 Hazardous facility
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
54 L / 360
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
55 L / 240
dead load and live load only.
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
56 2 times
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
57 1. 5 times
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
58 25%
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically
powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
59 20%
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge
60 cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the 10%
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
61 frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally P-delta effect
displaced building frame.
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
62 Weak Storey
storey above is considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
63 necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified Essential Facilities
as ___________.
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
64 forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing Diaphragm
system.
This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral
65 Braced Frame
forces of a building.
Constructing a highrise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
66 provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and Plasticizer
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved
67 187/525 2 years
after the completion of the project for at least _________.
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
68 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with

69 aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air Shotcrete
pressure of lining tunnels.
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
70 longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its Limit state
__________.
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
71 and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses Metal Fatigue
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
72 Buckling load
assumes a deflected position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member
73 (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment Hinge
in the member at that point.
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
74 Semi-continuous beam
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
75 locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in 1000 pa
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
76 Uplift pressure
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
77 Eyebar
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
78 compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding Riprap
effects of the flowing water.
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded
79 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to Thin shell
their other dimensions.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
80 Overturning moment
other horizontal forces on a building.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
81 Sway brace
other horizontal forces on a building.
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
82 on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, Grillage foundation
one on top of other, at right angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
83 reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common Soil Stabilization
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
84 collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer Sump pit
pipe.
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
85 Gerber beam
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
86 Seismometer
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
87 imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake Liquefaction
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
88 Lintel beam
window to carry the wall over opening. 188/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with
89 horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that Angle of repose
will not slide.
An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
90 80%
open. (NSCP 207)
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
91 18 m
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
92 1.15
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
93 1,15
to?
The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
94 1
structures is equal to?
The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
95 0.87
equal to?
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
96 falls on what exposure category for wind Exposure A
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
97 Exposure C
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
98 for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for Exposure D
wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
99 numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family Exposure B
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250
In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual

103 strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than 3.50 mpa
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
104 _______times the least width b of compression flange or face. 50 times
(NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
105 0.30
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
106 slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________? 200
(NSCP 502.8.1)
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
107 300
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
108 0.45 fy
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
109 0.60 fy
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
110 pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than 2/3.
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
189/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to

provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
111 0.80mm
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
112 welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section 600 mm.
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
113 140 mm
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
114 200 mm
exceed ________.
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
115 with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to .66 fy
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
116 compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable .60 fy
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be
117 300 mm
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the
transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
118 concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without 75%
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.
Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral
119 25 mm
concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
120 6 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along

121 8 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag
122 bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn 26.70 kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members in
trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
123 50%
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
124 spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting 900 mm
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
125 8mm
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
126 3mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
127 6mm
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
190/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A property of a material that enables it to undergo

plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
128 desirable property of structural material since plastic ductility
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
In structural design ________________is considered

as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
129 steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The one way slab
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.
It is an external shear force at a cross section of a

beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
130 transverse shear
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.
The structural term which critical point at which a
column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
131 bifurcation
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
132 20mm
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
133 a test specimen caused by tension, compression, stain gauge
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum
134 24 ksi
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
135 The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping haunch
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.
Program Evaluation
Review Technique-
136 What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?
Critical
Path Method
They maybe categorized as building or non building.

137 It is an assembleage designed to support gravity structure
loads and resist lateral forces.
It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to

138 conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the rainwater leader
ground. It is another term for down spout,
The area where water is pumped from within to

permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
139 coffer dam
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.
A membrane structure that is placed in tension and 191/525
140 net structure
stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a

wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
141 cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, castellated beam
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.
A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed

142 between compression members to directly support suspension structure
applied loads.
One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of
143 stiffener
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
144 connection between two broader, parallel parts, as web
the flanges of the structural shape.
A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
145 tension control bolt
when required torque has been reached.
The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
146 motion of an elastic body or medium when forced Vibration
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind
147 Girt
and support wall cladding
materials.
148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide
double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the
149 wind load acting on the Mullion
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large
and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.
Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a

150 region bounded by a Area
closed curve.
The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic
151 deformation, causing it to deform Yield strength
permanently.
In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a

152 structural element subjected to an Bending
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
153 event. They are frequently used Monument
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant
154 throughout the structure's Dead Load
life.
Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural
Shear and bending
155 design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of
moment diagram
an element.
156 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) 75mm
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided
157 Braced frame
to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1) 192/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
158 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
159 footings, the concrete shall 15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"
In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a

structural member subjected to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less
161 than the ultimate Buckling
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is
also described as failure due
to elastic instability.
What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so
162 Shear
as to remain parallel?
163 periodic reversal of stresses fatigue
164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain
165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection
166 A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded
concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according
167 long column
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered
169 state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no
170 neutral axis
tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?
171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength
172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment
173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque
– unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in
174 yield point
the load
tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
175 vertical shear
an adjacent part
in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
176 working stress
under working loads by codes and specifications
177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment
178 state of rest or motion inertia –

ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding
179 stiffness
displacement
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast
180 lift slab
usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.
181 – concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab
193/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP
208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to
2 Rigid component
0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60
3 Flexible Component
sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of
4 200 mm
not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection
5 during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall 2 years
be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between

8 1.50 db
longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement
9 shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? 450 mm
(NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to
10 4 pcs
___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)
11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
12 40 db
terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
13 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) 75 mm
14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads:
15 0.9
(NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP
16 0.85
409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is:
17 L / 20
(NSCP 409.6.2)
18 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 24
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
19 L / 28
409.6.2)
194/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
21 0.4
(NSCP 410.8.10)
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
22 0.75
(NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member
23 d/2
shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
24 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1) 300 mm
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided
25 Braced Frame
to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
26 Diaphragm
resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by Moment Resisting
27
flexure: Frame
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load
28 25%
shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in
30 writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such 10 days
excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP
31 50%
302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP
32 .60 m
302.4.3)
33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
34 200 mm
footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than
_____mm in depth?backfill
In using a concrete (NSCPin305.7.3)
the annular space around column not embedded in poured
35 footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 15 mpa
305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
36 completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the 150 mm
bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates
37 placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed 50 kpa
____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to
38 12 mm
foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to
39 16 mm
foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be
interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression
40 10%
a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
195/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
41 1.50 m.
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
42 3.0 m
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average
43 30 times
diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
44 17.50 mpa
______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
45 20 mpa
_____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
46 75 mm
center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of
47 35 mpa
not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm
49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall
51 Special Occupancy
to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
52 Hazardous Facility
substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP
53 L / 360
107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
54 L / 240
only. (NSCP 104.2.2)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral
55 2 times
force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the
56 1.5 times
overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail
57 cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what 25%
percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be
58 calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of 20%
the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand
59 geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. 10%
(NSCP 206.9.5
60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or
61 18 m
equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15
63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15
196/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1
65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
66 Exposure A
falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what
67 Exposure C
exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at
68 Exposure D
least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced
69 obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure Exposure B
category for wind loading?
70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph
In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2

73 3.50 mpa
cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b
74 50 times
of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take

75 the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of 0.3
stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r
76 200
preferably should not exceed ________?
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably
77 300
should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin
78 .45 fy
connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed
79 0.60 fy
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of
80 the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 2/3
504.4.2.1)
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement
81 between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be 0.80mm
more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two
82 600 mm
rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not197/525
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP
83 140 mm
505.5.80)
84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections
85 where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is .66 fy
_________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section
86 requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP .60 fy
506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than
87 300 mm
______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite
section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for
88 75%
construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength
Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP
89 25 mm
509.5.8)
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
90 6 dia. Of connector
supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
91 8 dia. Of connector
supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be
92 26.7
designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the
force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the
93 50
member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
94 connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed 900
_______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
95 8 mm
________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP
96 3 mm
510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is
97 6 mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members

98 P- Delta Effect
induced by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced198/525
building frame.
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is
99 Weak Storey
considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency
100 Essential facilities
post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
101 Diaphragm
resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.
102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame
Constructing a highrise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What
type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the
103 Plasticizer
requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and
needs very little vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of
104 2 years
the project for at least
105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 kg.
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm
106 Shotcrete
originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended
107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________. Limit State
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a
ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great
108 Metal Fatigue
number of times.
??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance “d” apart), of the same
109 magnitude but ??? Couple
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected
110 Buckling Load
position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to
111 eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point. Hinge
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting
112 beyond a fixed support. Semi-Continous Beam
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to
113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed 1000 pa
load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab
114 caused by the presence of water. Uplift Pressure
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged
loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately
115 Eyebar
equal strength both in the head and the body.
199/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the
116 banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. Riparap
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded

117 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions. Thin Shell
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a
118 Overturning Moment
building.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a
119 Sway Brace
building
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting
120 usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles. Grillage Foundation
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and
121 ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or Soil Stabilization
compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a
122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. Sump Pit
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a
123 Seismometer
stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected
124 to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer. Liquefaction
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall
125 Lintel Beam
over opening.
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface
126 Angle of Repose
will make in normal condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans,
127 Gerber Beam
functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having
128 Structural member
a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.
A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal
129 Bay
vertical supports of a structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism
130 One way
that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural
131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it Structural failure
was designed.
A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a
132 Bearing
bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.
133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member
134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist
135 Anchorage
uplifting and horizontal forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to
136 Pin
permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular
137 200/525 Roller Support
into or away from its face.
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall
139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall
A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed
140 Coping
water.
141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall
142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall
143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel
A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from

144 Cantilever wall
and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.
A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or
145 Gabion
retaining structure.
146 Yard lumber 5” or more in the least dimension. Timbers

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension
147 Yard Lumber
lumber, and timber.
148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split
149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane
A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members
150 with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the Built up Beam
individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.
A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid
151 Fiber board
sheets.
A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an
152 Scissors Truss
intermediate point of the opposite top chord.
153 Yard lumber less than 2” thick and 2” or more wide. Boards
154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset
A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear
155 Truss
members subject only to axial tension or compression.
A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory
156 Seismic Joint
movement in each can occur independently of the other.
The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied

157 Stability
load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.
A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the
158 Cable Support
cable.
159 Yard lumber from 2” – 4” thick and 2” or more wide. Dimension Lumber
201/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a

160 Punching Shear
reinforce slab.
161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice
Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal

162 Stirrup
reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.
163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web
An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other
164 Neutral axis
member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.
The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under
165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in Deflection
the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.
166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span
167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam
The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a

168 Lateral Buckling
slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present

169 Moment Diagram
in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.
A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no
170 Simple Beam
moment resistance.
A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it
171 deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of Inflection Point
zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for
172 Camber
an anticipated deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space
174 Beam
supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a
175 Pillar
building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface
176 of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load Foundation
directly to the earth.
A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered

177 Pile
vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.
The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline
178 Footing
and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.
A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site
179 Stepped Footing
or bearing stratum.
202/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in

180 Shear Diagram
a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions
A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an

181 Mat
entire building.
The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to
182 Soil Pressure
the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.
The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a
183 Consolidation
sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.
A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load
184 Tie Beam
pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.
A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads
185 Deep Foundation
to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.
One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and
186 Stilt
water.
187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load
188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load
189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element. Concentrated Load
A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the
190 Pile Cap
load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.
191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque
A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating
192 Static Load
rapidly in magnitude or position.
A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the
193 Foundation Wall
superstructure.
194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force
The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and
195 Torsion
opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.
The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to

196 Ultimate Strength
bear without rupturing or fracturing.
197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d
198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C
199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics
200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm
201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm

16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least
202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column? dim. Of a column
203/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm
204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm
205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d
206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm
207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a
208 Yield Point
concurrent increase in stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion
209 Expansion Joint
to occur without damage to either part.
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed
210 Fracture
beyond its ultimate strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or
211 Compression
volume of an elastic body.
212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6d
213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain
Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and
214 Isolation Joints
machinery bases.
The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of
215 Tensile Strength
longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear
216 Compressive Stress
compressive forces tending to shorten it.
The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when
217 Weatherability
exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.
A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide
218 Construction Joint
lateral stability across the joint.
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain
An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in
220 Shearing Force
response to a shear force.
221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons
A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and
222 Composite Column
spiral reinforcement.
Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete
223 Top Bar
beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.
The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of
224 Effective Depth
the tension reinforcement.
A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength Under reinforced
225
before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain. Section
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved

226 14
recording accelerographs
227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner

204/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
228
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading Building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of

229 Load Duration
intermittent application of the same load
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
230 14 sq.m.
reduced
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are
231 1.50m
subjected
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied.
232 1/240 wall span
Perpendicular to said wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
233 1/120 wall span
perpendicular to said wall
234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure
235 Base
of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure

236 Collector
to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system
237 Diaphragm
resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system
238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear
239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided
240 Brace Frame
to resist lateral forces
241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear
242 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frame
The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
point away from the column girder joint
244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints
The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam

245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers
246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Diaphragm Strut
Such members may take axial tension or compression
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
247 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
system
205/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile Ord. Moment Resisting
250
behavior Space Frame
251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
252 Strength
limits prescribed in this document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform
Horizontal Bracing
254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral
255 Structure
forces
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or Bearing wall system
braced frames
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
257 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
Moment resisting Frame
258 loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by
system
flexural action of members.
259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is

subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic
260 Time History analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
261 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical
262 p-Delta effect
loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame
Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of

263 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties
264 Concrete that doesn’t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral
265 Pedestal
dimension of less than three (3 m)
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below
proportional limit of material
266 Modulus of Elasticity
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
267 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons
268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length
206/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects
269 Effective Prestress
of dead load and superimposed loads
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of

270 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section
271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate
concrete
273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon
274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams TRUE
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary
276 40 mm
reinforcement
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse
277 Poisson Ratio
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain
278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio
279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion
280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part Shear
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain
283 Yielding Stress
without failure
It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress
284 -Intensity of force per unit area Stress
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent

285 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress
286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie
287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio
288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear
289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection
290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches
The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
291 Equillibrium
points are zero
207/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after 2 years
completion of the project for a period of not less than ___
293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"
294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
295 Portable Hand Router
on solid wood
296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots
Smooth & Planed
297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___
Lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
298 Live Load
present at all
299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw
300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements
301 Contraction Joint
between them
302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run
303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress
304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
305 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress
307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
parallel to grain loading is equal to ___
According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be
310 2.5 times
at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance

311 12 mm
with NSCP specifications
312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50
Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
313 11 dia.
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
314 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed
315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span
208/525
316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
.60 of specified yield
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
strength
.50 of specified min.
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
tensile strength
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting
320 0.40 fy
shear
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
321 100%
increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be
322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200
323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
324 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not
325 20 mm
exposed to earth or weather
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in
326 7 days
moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
327 7 dyas
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist
328 3 days
condition for at least the ___days after placement
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
329 25mm
but not less than ___
180 deg. Bend +4db extension
330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar
331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller 90 deg. Bend + 6db
extension at free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar at free end
333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm
334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
335 40db
terminate at different points with a stagger of at least
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less
336 3db
than ___ for strands
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than
337 4db
___ for wire
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently
338 75 mm
exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm
Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing

339 Grade Beam
340 a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching Abrasion

209/525
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in
341 Batten
the same plane STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
342 Blistering
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
343 Block out
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but
344 Cast iron
low tensile strength.
in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to
345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system Kerf
a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side

346 Pantile
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
347 Marble
the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot
348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram Extrusion
a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium

349 Static Equilibrium
is the action of one body upon another
350 Force
is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same
351 effect as the force system Resultant
states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point
Priniples of
352 of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action
Transmissibility
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related
353 bodies Force System
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being
354 Free body diagram
considered
is acting parallel to member axis
355 Load
in uniform for homogenous sections
356 Stress
tends to elongate the body
357 Stress due to tension
tends to shorten the body Stress due to
358
compression
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by
frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries
359 of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are usually Truss
triangles.
are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to
360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor. Beam & Girders
is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved
361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium Detrminate structure
a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of
362 the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step Western Framing
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence
363 of water in the soil. Hydrostatic Pressure
a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364 Anchor Bolt
210/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries
365 joist flush with the upper edge of the beam Ledger Strip
a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame
366 construction Batt insulation
a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting
367 the second floor joists Balloon Framing
the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
368 Beam Blocking
allowable sag (NSCP)
369 100 mm
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
370 structure below grade Foundation Wall
joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls

371 Control Joints
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
372 Forging
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
373 Wrought Iron
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374 Purlin
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375 Rafter
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376 Lintel
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377 Joist
378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer

large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
379 Girder
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
380 Spandrel
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure Shaft
large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes

382 Adobe
is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement
383 and water. Concrete
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the
384 tensile strength lacking in concrete Reinforced Concrete
height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short
385
compression blocks
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
386 long or slender column
failure is initiated by material failure
387 Short column
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for
389 gravity loads Building Frame System
the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390 211/525 Bridging
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or
391 concrete Checking
the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured

392 Post tensioning
a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
393 Slump Test
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
394 Creep
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
395 Chord
bending
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
396 alloy
the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock
397 Backset
cylinder
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by
398 Lap seam
riveting, soldering and brizing.
the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
399 Shear
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
400 Deformation
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can
401 Working Stress
sustain without failure
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting
402 Marquee
over public property
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
403 Addition
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced
404 Allowable Stress Design
in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified
allowable
is stressaddition
any change, (also called
to or working stress
modification design)
in construction or occupancy
405 Alteration
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406 Building
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit
407 Existing Building
has been issued
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such
that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate LFRD (Load &
408 load combinations Resistance Factor
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures Design)
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced
in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element Ultimate Strength
409 strength
Design
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures
is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of
410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner Structure
is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural

engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional regulation
411 Structural Engineer
commission
is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to
Prefab / precast
412 incorporating in the building
assembly
in-place solid rock

413 Bedrock
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material 212/525
on which fill is to be placed
414 Bench
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
415 Borrow
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
416 Compaction
is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof
417 Earth Material
is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or
418 Erosion
ice
is the mechanical removal of earth material
419 Excavation
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
420 Fill
421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade
is the grade prior to grading

the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422 Existing grade
also called natural grade
final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan

the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of
423 Finish Grade
construction or grading operations
the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424 Rough Grade
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425 Grading
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical
426 Slope
distance to horizontal distance
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the
427 toes of a proposed fill slope Key
is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock

428 Soil
is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and
429 maintenance purposes Terrace
is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor

space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or
430 Access floor system
to serve as an air supply or return air plenum
is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for
such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment,
431 Assembly Building
amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation
is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building

432 Awning
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with
433 no additional independent supports Exterior Balcony
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or
434 Dead Loads
other structure
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining
435 structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports Deck
are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of
436 extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes Essential facilities
213/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or
437 combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept Garage
is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor
438 vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and Private Garage
stored
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for
439 Limit state
its intended function or to be unsafe
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its
440 Serviceaility Limit State
intended function
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441 Strength Limit State
loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load,
442 Live Load
rain load, earthquake load or flood load
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and
443 their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained Loads
dimensional changes
is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It
444 may be of Bridge Cap
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.
445 a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist. Joist
load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load
446 excluding Liveloads
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.
a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light
447 alloys have Girder
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.
total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to
thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the
448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending Bending moment
moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-
inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.
gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of
449 Aggregates
concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.
214/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small
quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the
mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America, Australia,
Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains air-
entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti- Admixture
freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers,
coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and
flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent
that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving
probably never occurs with very lean concretes.
an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete.
Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it
is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that
451 Accelerator
are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and
thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for
quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.
an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork
452 so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be Retarder
removed by light brushing.
453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring
piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members
454 Gusset Plate
of a truss.
When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by
punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot
455 Punching Shear
of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the
column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.
for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per
unit length).
the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly
457 Yield Point
increasing load
the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic
458 limit is also Elastic Limit
the limit of proportionality.
the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water
459 Plastic Limit
content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.
the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking
460 of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed Deflection
1/325 of the span.
the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any
461 other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply Shear
215/525
supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in
462 Stress
psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.
a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being
463 Strain
expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.
464 a core wall. Shear Wall
test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed,
and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the
concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the slump. This
465 Slump Test
test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same
proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most
useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.
a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any
466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, Beam
steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.
467 a post carrying compressive force. Column
the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it
468 Fixed End Moment
cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.
in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature
shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable
469 Contraction Joint
places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction
joints are needed in every long structure.
470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon
471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam
concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them.
The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the
ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at
the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with post-tensioning
472 but is usually economical for small members and may produce better concrete since it is Pre-tensioning
always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pre-
tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling
units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids
running down the length and occupying about 30% of the cross-section.
concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and
partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a
473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more Pre cast Concrete
economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of
the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.
216/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake

474 shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping Seismometer
from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.
the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the
475 Slag
metal.
476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length
477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads
gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in

478 Creep
metals as hightemperature creep.
479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio
the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-
480 Resillience
m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.
the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by
481 Ductility
pulling in cold drawing.
482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity
the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam,

483 calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances Modulus of rupture
from the neutral axis.
484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie
485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile
a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or
486 other dams, or Footing
simple walls.
487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web
488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld
489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark
490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck
491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut
for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding
492 strain in all Poisson Ratio
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force. Zoning, site characteristics
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the Occupancy,
493
following factors. configuringstructural system,
and height
Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved

494 14
recording accelerographs.
495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner

217/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
496
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading. building
The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of

497 Load duration
intermittent application of the same load.
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
498 14 sqm.
reduced.
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are
499 1.50 mts.
subjected.
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
500 1/240 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
501 1/120 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure
503 Base
or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.
A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure

504 Collector
to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.
505 Diaphragm
resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.
506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure. Base Shear, V
507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided
508 Braced Frame
to resist lateral forces.
509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear

510 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frames.
That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a Eccentric Braced Frame
511
point away from the column girder joint. (EBF )
512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint
513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder

218/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers
514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Diaphragm Strut
Such members may take axial tension or compression.
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
515 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.
System
Ordinary Moment
518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
Resisting
519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
520 Strength
limits prescribed in this document.
521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform
Horizontal Bracing
522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral
523 Structure
forces.
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or Bearing Wall System
braced frames.
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
525 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
Moment Resisting
526 loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by
Frame System
flexural action of members.
527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is

528 subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic Time History Analysis
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
529 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical
530 P-delta Effect
loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.
Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of

531 Admixture
concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.
219/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete
Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral
533 Pedestal
dimension of less than three.
Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below
proportional limit of material.
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
535 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons.
536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects
537 Effective Prestress
of dead load and superimposed loads.
Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of

538 Development Length
reinforcement at a critical section.
539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.
Concrete
541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon
542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel
543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514
544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. TRUE
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary
545 40 mm
reinforcements.
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse
546 Poisson's Ratio
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.
547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio
548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion
549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab

220/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
550 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part. Shear
551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain
552 Yielding Stress
without failure.
553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress
The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent

554 Allowable Stress
deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.
555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress
556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup
557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio
558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear
559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection
560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches
The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
561 Equilibrium
points are zero.
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the 2 years
project for a period of not less than. construction and after
563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"
564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run
A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on
565 Portable Hand router
solid wood.
566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder
567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots
221/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Smoothed or planed
568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.
lumber
569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
570 Live load
present at all.
571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length
572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity
An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements

574 Contraction joint
between them.
575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run
576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress
577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin
Size of Dead Load

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
579 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements.
Shear Stress / Shearing

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.
Stress
Size of Dead Load

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.
Defelection
582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law
Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel
583 4 X diameter of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.
According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the
584 4 X diameter of bolt
lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be
585 2.5
at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2. 222/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance

586 12 mm
with NSCP specifications.
587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50
Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
588 11 diameters
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
589 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed.
590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span
591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth
0.60 of specified min.

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.
yield stress
0.50 of specified
593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area. minimum tensile
strength
594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting
595 0.40 Fy
shear.
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
596 100%
increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.
597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200
598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
599 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather.
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not
600 20 mm
exposed to earth or weather.
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C and in
601 7
moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
602 7
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist
603 3
condition for at least the ___ days after palcement. 223/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
604 25 mm
but not less than ___.
180° bend + 4db

605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean. extension but not less
than 65mm at free end
of bar
90° bend + 6db
606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.
90° bend + 12db

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm –12 mm
609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. ± 50 mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
610 40db
teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.
611 3db
than ___ for strands.
612 4db
than ___ for wire.
Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently
613 75 mm
exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626 224/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655 225/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
656
657
226/525
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the
1 Cross Tee
main beams
2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side Pantile
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their
3 Mission Tile
convex side alternately up and down
4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board Dado
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below
5 Foundation Wall
grade
Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears
6 Grade Beam
directly on the column footing
7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall Dampproofing
8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to Balloon Framing
roof supporting second floor joints Balloon Framing
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the
9 Western Framing
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or
10 Dead Bolt
thumb-turn
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tryolean Finish
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
12 Chord
bending
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property Alloy
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder Backset
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads Baluster
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low
16 Cast Iron
tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting
17 Nickel Steel
edges of heavy digging tools
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron
19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between Double Glass
20 The wall of Intramuros Fortification
21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance 15mm
22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Hybrid Girder
23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Cantilever Beam
24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear Wall
25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Gluing/ Pasting
26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors 0.90 m
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in
27 24" x 48" x 1/2"
offices
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang Eaves
29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns Post-tensioning
Building paper sheathing

30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:
and space filled
Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the
31 Area Wells
earth
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 One-Way Slab
33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Felt
34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss Purlins
35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Inflection Point
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same
36 Batten
plane
37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a Fish Plate or Gusset Plate
38 butt joint with nails or bolts

39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
227/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water
41 Atmospheric Pressure
in the soil
Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is
42 Bay Window
located extends to the floor
43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls Control Joints
44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building Expansion Joint
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
45 Cold Joint
against it
Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was
46 Construction Joint
stopped and continued later
Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete
47 Control Joint
should crack
Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting,
48 Lap Seam
soldering or brazing
49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish Flat Paint
50 Filipino term for horizontal stud Trabe-Anzo
51 Filipino term for floor joist Soleras
52 Filipino term for rabbet Vaciada
53 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada
54 Filipino term for bottom chord Tirante
55 Filipino term for purlin Reostra
56 Filipino term for eave Alero
57 Filipino term for top chord Tahilan
58 Filipino term for temper (metal work) Poleva
59 Filipino term for plumb line Hulog
60 Filipino term for projection Bolada
61 Filipino term for rafter Kilo
62 Filipino term for baseboard Rodapis
63 Filipino term for alignment Asintada
64 Filipino term for bath tub Baniera
65 Filipino term for brace Pie De Gallo
66 Filipino term for cast iron Pundido (parang manny)
67 Filipino term for contractor Kontratista (yeah!)
68 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de Banada
69 Filipino term for pattern Plantilya
70 Filipino term for mortar Paupo
71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss Gang Nail Plate
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings Lightning
73 Dry walls are customarily finished Lath and Plaster
1/4 Ø plastic hose filled w/
74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of
water
3-4-5 multiples with the

75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout
use of steel tape measure
76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood Grain
77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses G.I. Sheets
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building Corkboard
79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing 1 1/2 corr
80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc. Chase
81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica Serpentine
82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers English Bond
83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers Running Bond
228/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular Common Bond / American
84
intervals Bond
Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of
85 Flemish Bond
stretchers
A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior
87 Heel Cut
wall plate
A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the
88 Soil Bearing Pressure
building
89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings Aluminum Foil Sheets
Reinforced Concrete and
90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings
High Grade Steel
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in Asbestos-Cement
91
sidings of dwelling units Shingles
92 The finished frame surrounding a door Door Jamb
93 A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key Knob Bolt
Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate
94 Dutch Door
independently or together
95 A twisting force Torsion
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are
95 Honey Combs
void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation Sheet Piling
98 Refers to the term stone-cut Wood Siding
99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns AA
100 Chord splice connectors for trusses Split-Ring
101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together Clamp Nail
102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall Weathered
103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge Hip Rafter
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
104 Batter Boards
excavation lines
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support
105 Composite Column
a part of load
106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check Spirit Level
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected
107 laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of Space Frame
horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
108 The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches Keeper
109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces Zinc Chromate
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation Aluminum Coating
111 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 Wood Planks
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs Chalking
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing 24 hours
114 Wall partition wooden framing Studs
115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing Acrylic Latex Paint
116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Acrylic Paint
117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin L Hook Bolt
118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks Staple Wire
119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Level Tool
121 Tool for testing and for framing work Steel Square
121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step Riser
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and
123 made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the 2 years
projects for a period of not less than
124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Collar Beam
229/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

125 Thickness of a wood plank 2" to 5"
126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid
127 Portable Hand Router
wood
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete Aggregate
129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight Nonbearing Wall
131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load Bearing Wall
132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining Wall
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete
133 Bearing Wall
vertical load carrying space frame
134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor Floating Wall
135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall Shear Wall
136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Live Load
137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective Length
138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix Cement
139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair Total Run
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to
140 Sump Pit
the sewer pipe
141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole Prefabrication
142 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight
143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Softwood
144 A kind of brick used for high temperature Firebrick
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for
145 Plaster Ground
finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall
146 Distance between two structural supports Span
147 Scientific name for wood Xylem
148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors Muntin
149 Roof that has four sloping sides Hip Roof
150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap
151 A tough used for carrying off water Moat
152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping
153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters Purlin
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to
154 Anchor Bolt
concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to
155 Lintel
bear the weight of the walls above the opening
156 The placing of glass in windows or doors Glazing
157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction Banister
158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap Joint
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its
159 Butt Hinge
jamb
160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green Lumber
161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley
162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters Facia
163 A large heavy nail Spike
164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done Caisson
165 Lumber specification S4S Smooth on four sides
167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord
168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor Wood Saddle
169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set 45
170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever Latch
171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall Common Wall
172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole Escutcheon
230/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed
173 Flashing
areas on the exterior of a building
174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof Lookout
175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building Formworks
176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch Keystone
177 Fireproof door with metal covering Kalomein Door
178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf Corbel
179 Lumber that is not squared or finished Milled Lumber
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel
180 Foundation Bolt
columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads
Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable
181 Velvet
“wires” inserted consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean
182 cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry Scratch Coat
spoon to the surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, Polyurethane Floor
183
maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring Coating
184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally Scarf
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
185 Standard Terazzo
intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line Outrigger
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the
187 Pivoted Window
header and sill or about the side jamb
188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks Caulking
189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window Rabbet
190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface Masonry Neutralizer
191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board Notch
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Figured Wired Glass
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in
193 Grading
preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point Monopost
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn
195 Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist
by larger beams, girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making
196 Vigan Tiles
interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to
197 Tendon
impart prestress to concrete
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace Cap
199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill Apron
200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Boardfoot
201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash Casement
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space
202 Backfill
foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior
203 Backing
trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Casement Window
205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Barge
206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bay Window
207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials Laminating
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes
208 Mudsill
called sill plate
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw Pilot Hole
210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home Rim Joist
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door
211 Cripple stud
opening or below a window sill
231/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross Cogged joint
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting
213 Bull-nosed step
beyond the face of the stair string/s
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight Gravity wall
215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall Quoin
216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension Scarf joint
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail Baluster
218 The arrangement and design of window in a building Fenestration
219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall Fig. A-1
220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is 12mm
221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative Inflection point
222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible Rowlock
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice
223 Scab
them together
224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting Cross bridging
225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam Web
226 A small finishing nail is called Brad
227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point Pyramid roof
228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level Stirrup
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata Pile
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Soldier
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint Pigment
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets 30cm
233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Carriage
234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Channel
235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups 6cm
236 Which among the concrete block is the header block Fig B-2
237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint Miter box
238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Plastic hose w/ water
239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab 100mm
240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' 40 bd.ft.
241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Fig. C-3
242 Xyladecor is a product of Boysen
243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load bearing wall
244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective length
245 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete Stirrups
247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Cement
248 Another term for plaster board Gypsum board
249 The face or front of a building Façade
250 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight
251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Soft wood
252 A kind of brick used for high temperature Fire brick
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for
253 Plaster ground
finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
254 The distance between two structural supports Span
255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap
256 Hammer is a Striking tool
257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail Fig. D-2
258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping
259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters Purlins
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const Anchor bolts
261 Lintel
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors 232/525 Glazing
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade Cull
264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap joint
265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green lumber
266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley
267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice Fascia
268 A large heavy nail is referred to as Spike
269 What is the scientific name of wood Xylem
270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining wall
270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord
272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor Sleeper
273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Stud
274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tyrolean finish
275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period Adiabatic curing
276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride Vinyl tile
277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load Creep
278 The vertical face of a stair Riser
279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain Plough
280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone Ashlar brick
282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board Perforated tape
283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls Control joint
284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom Hopper
285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern Parquet
286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of Wrought iron
287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces Lag screw
288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets Lead
289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood Solignum
290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting Admixture
291 Coated with zinc Galvanized
292 Technical term for earthquake Seismic
293 Vertical frame of paneled door Stile
294 Fascia between floor and wall Baseboard
295 Cement, sand, and water Mortar
296 Filipino term for framework Balangkas
297 Filipino term for bottom chord Barakilan
298 Filipino term for collar Sinturon
299 Filipino term for plastered course Kusturada
300 Filipino term for purlins Reostra
301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles Asolehos
302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap Platsuela
303 Filipino term for ceiling joist Kostilyahe
304 Filipino term for door fillet Batidora
305 Filipino term for girder Guililan
306 Filipino term for masonry fill Lastilyas
307 Filipino term for downspout Tubo de banada
308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge Espolon
309 Filipino term for brace Pie de gallo
310 Filipino term for bathtub Baniera
311 Filipino term for temper (metal work) SUBAN
312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder BACKSET
313 A principal member of a truss CHORD
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine TYROLEAN FINISH
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side PANTILE
316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility WROUGHT IRON
317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed COLD JOINT
233/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength CAST IRON
319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course BED
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
320 FOUNDATION WALL
structure below grade
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam BEAM BLOCKING
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the
322 WESTERN FRAMING
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
HYDROSTATIC
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height
PRESSURE
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer ACI INSULATION
325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer JACINTO COLOR STEEL
326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing THERMAL INSULATION
327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
HIGH TENSILE
328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material
STRENGTH
329 A brand name of asbestos roofing PLACA ROMANA
330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this STEEL
331 Tradename for plastic materials FORMICA
332 First group of wood used as shoring TANGUILE
333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC 250mm
334 A passageway of a chimney FLUE
335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin PITCH POCKET
336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs KNOTS
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint
337 PRIMER SEALER
has been removed
338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure AA
339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi MOLDS AND STAINS
340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc GALVANIZING
341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw COUNTERSINK
342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob ROSE
343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material SCRIBE
344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water DAVIES
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a
345 GLASS
tank
346 A low wall around a chalet type house ZOCALO
347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces LAG SCREW
348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint COMPRESSION SEAL
349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware CRASH BAR
350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall BLEEDER MASS
351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition SOLEPLATE
352 One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash STILE
353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood SOLIGNUM

354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd COLOROOF
355 Concrete with low cement content LEAN
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints FLOOR PANEL
357 A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations SHEET PILE
358 A fireproof door with metal covering KALAMEIN

Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling,
359 HARDWOOD
furniture and interior form
360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work SOFTWOOD
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks YACAL
362 Finest wood for furniture TINDALO
234/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer DAO
364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames KAMAGONG
365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame WHITE LAUAN
366 Used for framing joist, truss APITONG
367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs NARRA
368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs TANGUILE
369 Used for paneling ALMACIGA
370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch KNOTS
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart
371 SHAKES
shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins PITCHPOCKETS
373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer SPLIT
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
374 CHECK
shinkage during drying
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface WARP
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing
376 WANE
too near the surface of the lag
The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood
377 DRY ROT
they infest
378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length 1 BOARD FOOT
379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12 BOARD FOOT FORMULA
380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider BOARDS
381 2" to 4" thk DIMENSION LUMBER
382 5" x 5" and larger TIMBERS
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a
383 PLYBOARD
thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues
384 Hip roof support JACK RAFTER
385 Another term for plaster board GYPSUM BOARD
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support
386 TRIMMING GUARD
for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall
387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion RIPRAP
388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor SLEEPERS
389 Steel window section for muntins Z BAR
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon
390 POLYMER
of floor or wall finishes
391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK
392 Admixture that impart color on concrete TRUSCON
PRE-TENSIONED
393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete
CONCRETE
394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring PRE STRESSING
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing FOUNDATION BED
396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders 3 DAYS
397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing SAHARA
398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat BLISTERING
398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam FLAT SLAB
399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber WOOD PLANK
400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface FLOAT GLASS
401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk CASEIN
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from
402 ASPHALTIC
coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid
The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used
403 TEFLON
primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement HYDRATION
405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade SCREEDING
235/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its
406 FALSEWORK
become self supporting
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width TRENCH
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the
409 WEATHERING STEEL
elements so that the painting is not required for protection
A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over
410 FLEMISH BOND
stretchers in the course below
411 Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shielding HEAVYWEIGHT
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck,
412 PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
413 A portland cement specification ASTM C 150
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various
414 ALCLAD
embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs CHALKING
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns PARQUET
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
417
maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring COATING
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood
418 PVC
imitation, flooring and piping
419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces GLAZING PUTTY
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces TYPE III HIGH EARLY
420
about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days STRENGTH
421 The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing BATCHING
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete 2 to 5 INCHES

423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars SHOTCRETE
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface SOLDIERS
A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the
425 VACUUM DEWATERING
concrete has been placed and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through
426 ANODIZING
which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solution
The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or
427 VEHICLES
subtrite
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up STAGING
429 No. 5 designation of a bar 16mm
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or
430 CAISSON
structures below water level
A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings,
431 CHECKS
usually caused by shrinkage during drying
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque TENSION SET BOLTS
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce BANK
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer
434 COMPACTION
together, thereby expelling the air from the void spaces
435 A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving BULB PILE
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings TIE BEAM

A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling
437 TEMPERED GLASS
it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glass
A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as
438 DUCO
pigmented lacquer
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid BED JOINT
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width
440 CAVITY WALL
and tied together by metal ties
236/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses
441 FLYING FORM
frames along its span and shoring on both ends
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio 1: 1 1/2 : 3
443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface PIER
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber,
444 WANE
usually caused by sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying
445 SOLVENTS
and not became part of the film
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete KICKER PLATE
447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion EXPANSIVE SOIL
448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal HEAVING
ENAMEL
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture
449 EFFLORESCENCE
or containing salts
450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale KILN BURNED BRICKS
451 A vertical joints between brick wythes COLLAR JOINT
A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular
452 CHECKING
interval
453 It is not a vehicle of paint EMULSIFIERS
454 A double unit glass INSULATING GLASS
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers
455 COMMON BOND
laid perpendicular to the stretcher course
Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a
456 DISPERSAL AGENT
concrete setting
Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of
457 LAMINATED COATING
coatings for aluminium
A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning
458 ANODIZING
them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a
459 WEATHERING STEEL
natural form of oxidation for protective coating
A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected
460 TWO HINGED FRAME
homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestal
Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on
461 BEARING PLATE
a masonry or concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of
462 TARRED FELTS
combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated
A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and
463 GRAVEL SURFACING
a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot
464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out SHAKES
PAINT DEFECTS
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of
465 which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated ALLIGATORING
application of new coats over old coats
Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by
466 BLEEDING
applying an impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun
467 BLISTERING
during the process of drying
468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward CHALKING
469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood DEADENING
470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film MOISTURE BLUSH
471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning ORANGE PEEL
473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture PEELING
237/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely

474 PINHOLING
dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap
475 Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing RUNS AND SAGS
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old
476 TACKINESS
work, over unclean or greasy surface
477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather WRINKLING
478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather FADING
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar 0.396 KILO
482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar 1.580 KILOS
487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar 7.992 KIOS
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified TYPE I
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where
490 TYPE II
moderate heat of hydration is required
491 is used where high early strength is required TYPE III
492 is used where low heat of hydration is required TYPE IV
493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required TYPE V
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash.
494 PROJECTED
Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort
Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting
495 SECURITY
ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window
496 Operating sash for ease of operation DOUBLE HUNG
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing
497 SLIDING
hardware intrinsic in the double hung window
498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired COMBINATION
499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door CASEMENT
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with
500 AWNING
casement sash
An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on
501 JALOUSIE
appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping
502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg PIVOTED
TYPES OF HINGES
503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot HINGE
504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin BUTT HINGE
A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open
505 SPRING HINGE
position automatically
506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates PIVOT HINGE
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising FULL SURFACE
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door
508 FULL MORTISE
frame
A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the
509 HALF MORTISE
jamb leaf
510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf HALF SURFACE
238/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building FOUNDATIONS
512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure SHALLOW FOUNDATION
513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure DEEP FOUNDATIONS
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row CONTINUOUS
515 Large footing extending a wide area MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the
516 PILE FOUNDATION
earth is capable of providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing
517 GRILLAGE FOOTING
used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing
518 A footing which supports more than one column load COMBINED FOOTING
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete SPREAD FOOTING
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject
520 BENCH FOUNDATION
to the bearing load
An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in
521 INVERTED ARCH
foundations
A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or
522 CAISSON'S FOUNDATION
structures below water level
523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically
524 CANTILIVER FOOTING
located with respect to the footing
525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute GRILLAGE FOOTING
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum
526 PILE FOUNDATION
into which the piles are driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added DRUM MIXING
READY MIXED CONCRETE
528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing TRANSIT MIXED
529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator CENTRAL MIXED
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer SHRINK MIXED
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding
531 30 to 60 MINUTES
water, then cement setting will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum 1 1/2 MINUTES
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist
533 condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained FIRST 7
above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
534 least the WHAT days FIRST 3
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete 16 to 20 L of water
536 Load bearing 4" CHB 28 to 32 L of water
537 Non load bearing 4" CHB 36 to 40 L of water
538 Cement mortar 16 to 20L of water
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing
539 4 FEET
and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
540 Minimum bar size of footing NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm
aggreagates or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
542 Minimum size of column rebar NO. 5 or 16mm
239/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns 4 PIECES
544 Sizes of column ties NO. 2 or NO. 4
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span L/7
546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span L/5
547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal 45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is
or 305mm
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line L/4
550 If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut 102mm,152mm,254mm
SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be
551 IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
552 24 times bar diameter 276MPa
553 30 times bar diameter 345MPa
554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 414MPa
555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE 15 degrees
556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions ELECTROLYTIC
THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF REACTION
SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or
557 STRAIGHT EDGE
"STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the
concrete surface to proper grade
JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in
558 HAND TAMPER
flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to
559 DARBY
float the surface of concrete slab immediately
560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete BULL FLOAT
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner EDGER
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete JOINTER OR GROOVER
THREE COAT PLASTER
563 First coat SCRATCH COAT
564 Second coat BROWN COAT
565 Third coat FINISH COAT
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic
566 MORTAR
state with water hardens into a stone-like mass
Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically
567 POST
placed to support a building
A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of
568 COLUMN
the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar
COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column
COMBINED COLUMN
571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams LALLY COLUMN
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact ISOLATION JOINT
A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of CONTROL JOINT W/
573
cracking DOWEL
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of
574 T&G CONTROL JOINT
another
BUTT-TYPE
575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater
CONSTRUCTION
576 Used of heat to prevent contractions 240/525 THERMAL EXPANSION
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
PRE-COMPRESSING
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments
METHOD
SELF CONTAINED
578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam
METHOD
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements BOND FRICTION
580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands
EXPANSION
SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the
LIFT SLAB
582 slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the
CONSTRUCTION
columns to their finl position
Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from
583 FLYING FORMWORK
one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of
584 formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while SLIP FORMING
workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a
585 TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed
586 SHOTCRETE
air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell THIN SHELLS
588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface SHOTCRETE
589 A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components PRE-FABRICATED
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level
590 LIFT SLAB
and then raised into sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
591 A pile which carries a vertical load BEARING PILE
592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it FRICTION PILE
593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces BATTER PILE
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep
594 SHEET PILE
water out of foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for
595 GUIDE PILE
the construction of coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist GIRDER
597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction SILL
598 Any joist which carries a floor FLOOR JOIST
599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other TAILPIECE
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist LEDGER STRIP
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to
601 DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
prevent or retard the spread of fire
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes HEDGER
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or
603 TRIMMER
roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 4db
605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar 12db
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 12db
608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS 241/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
609 Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller 4db
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:

610 10mm to 25mm 6db
611 28mm to 32mm 8db
612 36mm 10db
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance db; 25mm
614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance 25mm
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between
615 1.5db nor 40mm
longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than
616 3x or 450mm
WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
617 To 6 inclusive 3
618 Over 6 to 12 4.5
619 Over 12 to 20 6
620 Over 20 7.5
621 Over 40 to 60 9
622 Over 60 to 150 12
623 Over 150 16
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick
624 or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET MINUS 1.5mm
WELDS
625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, 4x
626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length ONE FOURTH or 1/4
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed
627 200mm
WHAT
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner 5x;25mm
629 part, but not less than WHAT 25mm
630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT 4x;40mm
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for
631 2x
a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld
ALUMINIZED BACKING &
632 Roof insulation under purlins TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER
G.I. TIE WAR
ALUMINIZED
633 Roof insulation over purlins BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)
634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier ASPHALT
NON FLAMMABLE
635 Acoustical Installation
ALUMINUM
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal 3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM
636
screws BLIND RIVETS
A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like CEMENT TEXTURED
637
Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish FINISH
A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus
638 WRINKLING
softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient drying
What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
639 3.853 KILOS
bar per meter length
640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers SEAM LOCK
641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface BLEEDING
242/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

#16 EXPANDED METAL
643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder
LATH
MODULAR
644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology
COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND
645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-
WALL
ANGLE SUSPENSION
646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards
SYSTEM
Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed
647 3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT
manner
What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
648 1.578 KILOS
bar per meter length
649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE
651 Floor system by Jackbuilt
T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors MORTISE LOCKSET
653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength SCARF
654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood OIL WOOD STAIN
1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3
655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes DEPTH SLABS, 3/4
CLEAR SPACING
Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the
656 BLIND AND STUB
connection clean of joint traces
657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm
658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed
THKCEMENT PLASTER
659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through VISION DOOR
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical
660 BENCHMARK
height
SCREW WITH
661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry
EXPANSION PLUG
662 Not a wood parquet geometric design HEPTAGON
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks,
663 FINISHING MASON
install tiles and pebble washout
A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. CURDOROY or TOOL
664
which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel FINISH
665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets MODULAR SYSTEM
666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free LAMINATED
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-

667 HUE SCALE
SECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally PLAIN MITER
669 Steel window section for muntins Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
670 Basic parts of stressing anchor STRESSING WASHER,
BOTTOM PLATE
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of
671 POLYMER
floor or wall finishes
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin
672 PLYBOARD
layer of wood, glued together
CROSS BRACE MUST BE
673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION
243/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

75mm WIDE PRESSURE
SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED
674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left
DUCT TAPE STRAP AT
600mm O.C.
WOOD LATHE MACHINE
675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts
or TORNO
Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that
676 CONDECK
can be used for two slab
ALUMINUM PIPES &

CONDUITS AT R.C.
SHALL BE SECURED
677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT
MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY
COVERED
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A

678 CHROMA SCALE
DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security DEAD BOLT LOCK
INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL
BARRIER. ADHERE BY
680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp
INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT
To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear REVERSE THE LOCATION
681
stresses present at the joint OF THE "Z" PURLINS
Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in
682 20 mm
place
SPACE TO INSTALL
683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door
CONCEAL DOOR CLOSER
684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof PURLIN SAG RODS
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative STUCCO FLOORING
685
surface FINISH
686 Concrete hollow block laying ASINTADA
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of
687 TUFTED
needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom.
688 VELVET
Pile height is determined by height of wire inserted
The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and
689 AXMINSTER
designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpet
The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six
690 WILTON
color frames
This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a
691 FUSHION
viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing
The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing
692 KNITTED
and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of
693 cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry SCRATCH COAT
spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing TANGUILE
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
695
maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring COATING
244/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by
696 SANDBLASTING
mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed
697 RUSTIC TERRAZO
while the cement matrix is depressed
A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill
698 PIVOTED
or sides of the jamb
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left LEFT HAND
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface.
700 MASONRY NEUTRALIZER
Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively
701 PEELING
large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation ANCHOR BOLT
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads
703 APRON
directly into the garage
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns ARCADE
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved
705 ARCH
opening
A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement
706 AREAWAY
window or doorway
707 A facing of squared stones ASHLAR
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and
decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a
708 IMPRESSO CRETE
fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to
create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick
709 An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings INSET or INTERIOR
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally SCARF
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
711 RUSTIC TERRAZO
intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes STANDARD TERRAZO
713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between VENETIAN TERRAZO
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with
714 PALLADIANA TERRAZO
smaller chips filling the space
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill
715 PIVOTED
or about the side jambs
KEEP THE CEMENT
716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end
PLASTER
717 and the cement plaster should be.. AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
718 It is not a brand of house paint ICI DULUX
719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window RABBET
An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during
720 EDGE STRIP TROWEL
installation
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light
721 SMOKED GLASS
only
is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in
722 GRADING
preparation for a finishing surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making
723 VIGAN TILES
interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall 305 mm
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system GIRDER BEAM
726 LINTEL BEAM
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole PRE FABRICATION
728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes KNOTS
729 Lumber that is not squared or finished UNDRESSED LUMBER
245/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

730 hinges on left; open inward LEFT HAND
731 hinges on right; open inward RIGHT HAND
732 hinges on left; open outward LEFT HAND REVERSE
733 hinges on right; open outward RIGHT HAND REVERSE
734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement Party Wall
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
735 the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in Spring hinge
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
736 provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the Varnishes
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
737 gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a Gypsum
retarder in Portland cement.
738 Basic ingredient in clay Brick
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
739 Sandstone
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
740 Dry Vent
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
741 between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system Relief Vent
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
742 Specification
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
743 Additional information contract documents Bid Bulletin
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
744 16 inches or .46 m
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
745 9 inches o .23 m
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
746 space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story Crawl Space
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
747 Adhesiveness
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
748 Cohesiveness
another.
749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal? Steel
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or
750 translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and Glass
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
751 Damproofers
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
752 concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the Accelerators
rate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability
and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
753 Wood
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable
to countless variety of purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without
coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
754 types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface, Paint
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
246/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber

755 members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth Cribbling
or stones.
756 Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c. Ceiling rafters
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
757 restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made Load bearing wall tile
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
758 8 inches
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
759 Fire Block
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of SPT – Standard
760
some clay. Penetration Test
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
761 Concrete Additives
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
762 b. Window Glass Insulating Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
763 are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum Roll-up door
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
764 The minimum length of splice needed for column. 60 cm
765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degree
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
766 Sheet piles
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
767 Distribution Line
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
768 Brace or the Diagonal
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
769 Identify the miter joint
770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a pantile
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
776 foundation wall
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
777 control joints
of masonry walls are known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
778 balloon framing
to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
779 tryolean finish
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
780 chord
the other primarily to resist bending is a
781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is Casein
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
782 alloy
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
783 Backset
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
784 wrought iron
corrosion resistance and ductility is
247/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is Pabalagbag
786 The Filipino term for riser takip silipan
787 The Filipino term for collar plate is sinturon
788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work) poleva
789 The Filipino term for plumb line is hulog
790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support cantiliver
791 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces shear wall
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
792 equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floors 15..
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
793 gluing/pasting
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
794 0.90 meters
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
795 24” x 48” x ½”
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
796 1,098 bf
available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
797 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a post-tensioning
structural method of construction called
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
798 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a post-tensioning
structural method of construction called
Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be providing building paper
799
minimized by sheathing and space filled
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in

800 tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be wood
minimized by the use of
glossy surfaced asphalt
801 A material used to remedy vapor flow saturated paper, 50 lbs or
more
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and
802 lath and plaster
they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also
803 furring
be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
804 flashing material
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
805 grade beam
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is
A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
806 batten
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is post-tensioning
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
808 beam blocking
appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
809 storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing western framing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
810 atmospheric pressure
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
811 the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known bay window
as 248/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately

812 flemish bond
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
813 cold joint
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
814 cast iron
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
815 The Filipino term for plastered course is kusturada
816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is estunyo
817 The Filipino term for purlin is reostra
818 M sopo
819 The Filipino term for top chord is tahilan
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
1” thick V-cut wood
820 design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
boards
reduce moisture in a wall when used
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a
821 ventilated roof space may show “pattern staining” on the adequate insulation
ceiling. This can be prevented by
Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to combination of wood
822 afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of boards and plywood with
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of cavity between
double wall plywood on
Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using
horizontal and vertical
823 less expensive materials with the application of construction
studs with
techniques
absorbents
The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a
824 total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser 3.69 meters
is 7 7/8”, therefore, the stringer length is
825 Dry walls are customarily finished with lath and plaster
The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run using
826 12.2247 inches
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is ¼ Ø plastic hose filled
827
the use of with water
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building 3-4-5 multiples with the
828
lines in building layout, is the use of use of steel tape measure
When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor felt paper below sub-slab
829 finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP) then WP on top of the
steps sub-slab
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
830 slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing expansion joints
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
831 corkboard
flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
832 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and 4.16 meters
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used columns, splices,
833
by architects in planning and design of buildings materials, lot
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used columns, splices,
834
by architects in planning and design of buildings materials, lot
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
835 compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical ceiling only
treatment of the
249/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and

836 finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools nickel steel
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
837 serpentine
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
838 flemish bond
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
839 western framing
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
840 The Filipino term for rabbet vaciada
841 The Filipino term for projection is bolada
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
842 proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will 18 risers
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9’-0”
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
843 soil bearing pressure
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
844 aluminum foil sheets
system of residential buildings
reinforced concrete and
845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
high grade steel
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating porous concrete, glass
846
materials used in buildings fibers, guilt materials
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
847 water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of asbestos-cement shingles
dwelling units
The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least
one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2” x 6” yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
848 6 ¼ inches
floor system assuming that ¼” thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4”
RC slab with membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses
A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing
system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
849 vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if 7.906 meters
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?
850 The finished frame surrounding a door is a door jamb
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
851 knob bolt
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a
A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
852 dutch door
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
853 lap seam
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
854 lap seam
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
855 laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately mission tile
up and down is a
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
856 grade beam
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
857 The wall of Intramuros is fortification
250/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

858 The Filipino term for rafter is kilo
859 The Filipino term for baseboard is rodapis
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
860 lightning
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
861 soil bearing pressure
and shape of the building footing/foundation
What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water
tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
862 3.513 meters
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank
Select the grouping one subject of which is a general concrete, steel and wood,
863
criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings type of floor finish
The most common materials used for roofing of urban
864 G.I. sheets
residential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings, space frames, light steel
865
exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions skeleton structures
Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of
866 two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the going
nosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne
noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against ¼” double wall on 2” x 4”
867
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better studs
sound insulation are
When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally
well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
868 pitch or bituminous felt
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is
This material holds less moisture, is very light with less
869 absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential asbestos cement shingles
houses in tropical regions
870 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is 2 ½ corr.
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
871 chase
etc. is called
872 A twisting force is torsion
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
873 sheet piling
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
874 The term stone-cut refers to a wood siding
875 Wood with metal cladding is called kalamein
876 The Filipino term for floor joist is soleras
877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is tirante
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
878 “AA”
columns is
879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is split-ring
880 A vertical line check uses a plumb bob
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
881 clamp nail
together is
882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is weathered
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
883 hip rafter
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
884 batter boards
excavation lines are called
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or
885 composite
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is kostilyahe
887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is biga
251/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check

888 spirit level
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
889 construction joint
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
890 A twisting force is torsion
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
891 chase
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
892 hybrid girder
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
893 one-way slab
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
894 purlins
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
895 space frame
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
896 space frame
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of 15 mm
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
898 shear wall
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
899 inflection point
negative is called
900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces? zinc chromate
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
901 aluminum coating
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
902 Wood flooring finishing material 7 & 6 wood planks
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
903 staple wire
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
904 24 hours
footing
905 Wall partition wooden framing is called studs
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
906 1½
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing? acrylic latex type
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
908 acrylic paint
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
909 L hook bolt
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
910 chalking
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
911 construction joint
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
912 without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame bearing wall
is called
913 A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called flat slab
the slab is being
914 A one-way concrete slab are used when supported by two parallel
beams
252/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

tool used for guiding and
testing the work to a
915 Level tool is a
vertical and
horizontal position
tool for testing and for
916 Steel square is a
framing work
917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called riser
918 Tin shear is a masonry tool
919 Auger bit is part of bearing tool
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
920 2 years
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than
not less than 1” thick x 4”
921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of
and up wide
922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is 2” to 5” thick
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
923 run
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
924 portable hand router
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
925 girder
called
926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and knots
smoothed or planed
927 Dressed lumber is referred to
lumber
928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is cross-cut
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
929 load bearing walls
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
930 live load
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
931 effective length
breaks is called
932 The amount of space measured in cubic units volume
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
933 contraction joint
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
934 height
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
935 cement
concrete mix is
936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called cantilever beam
937 Jack rafter is used for hip roof support
938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called total run
939 The face or front elevation of a building façade
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
940 sump
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to Pre fabrication
942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called skylight
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
943 softwood
broad leaves are called
944 firebrick
The building frame construction system that uses one piece
945 balloon framing
structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
946 plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings plaster ground
and near the base of the wall
947 The distance between two structural supports span
253/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

948 The scientific name for wood is XYLEM
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
949 risers
height of the stair by the number of
950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides hip roof
951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion rip-rap
952 A tough used for carrying off water moat
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
953 stripping
concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
954 purlin
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
955 anchor bolt
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
956 top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above lintel
the opening
957 The placing of glass in windows or doors glazing
A rejected building material because of its below standard
958 cult
grade is called
959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction banister
960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials lap joint
lumber that still contains
961 Green lumber is
moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is
962 valley
called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
963 facia
of the cornice
964 A large heavy nail is referred to as spike
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
965 risers
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
966 caisson
be done
vertical and horizontal
wood sticks and lumber
used to
Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure
967 determine the elevation
refers to
and ditances of the
reference points of the
proposed building
968 Lumber specification S4S means smooth on four sides
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
969 chord
roof or bridge truss
970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor wood saddle
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
971 45
blade set at
972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment retaining wall
973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use oxy/acetyline welding
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
974 common wall
wall
975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass alabaster
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
976 stabilize
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
977 escutcheon
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
978 flashing
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
254/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and

979 chase
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
980 formworks
building
981 The zig-zag rule is a carpenter measuring tool
wedge-shaped stone of an
982 Keystone is
arch
a fireproof door with metal
983 Kalomein door is
covering
984 Lumber that is not squared or finished milled lumber
90 degree bend plus 12 db
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
985 extension, at free end of
reinforcement constructed
bar
Surface in contact with
the bolt head and nut
Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the shall have a
986 following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT slope of not more than
ideal? 1:10 with respect to a
plane normal to the
bolt axis
What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not
987 batter piles
critical?
group of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled
988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply? in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to
three in any one bundle
What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to
989 grade beam
provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
990 use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes, foundation bolts
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
991 stucco floor finish
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying asintada
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
993 inset or interior
flushed with the cabinet sidings
Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to
know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
994 should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving velvet
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires”
inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and
columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
995 scratch coat
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet
framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
996 mahogany
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while
997 maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to polyurethane floor coating
finish and topcoat wood flooring 255/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency

998 mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The sandblast
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required
25% of scaffoldings can

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the
be removed at slab area
earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
999 after 14 days
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
and 100% of scaffolds
poured floor? after 21 days after pouring
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
1000 scarf
angles diagonally
When utilizing “knock-down” modular system of cabinets and standard sizes, shapes
1001
furniture, an end user is constrain of using: and forms
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the standard terazzo
cement matrix is depressed
concrete shall be carried
on at such a rate that
Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the concrete is at
1003
quality of concrete? all times plastic and flows
readily into space
between reinforcement
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees
1004 pivoted
to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the keep the cement plaster
1005
substrate must be roughened while observing the following: as thin as possible
A type of “hands of door” where the hinge is at the left and the
1006 left hand
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
1007 rabbet
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
1008 notch trowel
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
1009 activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with masonry neutralizer
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
1010 the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large peeling
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
1011 figured wired glass
with glass to allow natural light only
1012 Vernacular term for rough plastering rebokada
Course aggregates shall
be no larger than ¾ the
Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must
minimum
be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
clear spacing between
1013 such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
individual reinforcing bars
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
or wires, bundles of
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding> bars, or prestressing
tendons or ducts
What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement
db but not less than 30
1014 of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
mm
manufactured under plant control conditions?
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound
1015 material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing grading
surface such as paving?
256/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and

fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
1016 vigan tiles
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities
What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,
1017 tendon
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete Accelerators
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or
1019 combination of these forces. Igneous
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made;
1020 Gypsum
colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement
Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to
1021 absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof. Wood
A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air
1022 to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly. Air Drying
Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain
1023 directions are all substantially parallel Glue Laminated Timber
It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right
1024 angles to the grain of each adjacent layer. Plywood
1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement Joint Filler
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
1026 against it. Cold joint
1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A’ A-Frame
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly
1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action. Galvanize
1029 Squared building stone Ashlar

1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade. Cellar
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection
1031 so that it will have no sag when under load Camber
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and
1032 water Cement Paste
1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length Brace, Diagonal
1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure Boliden salt process
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 ½ feet above grade
1035 Cellar
What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole

1036 escutcheon
of a door
1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door cremone bolt
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
1038 bullet catch
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
1039 grip installed in a shower, which may be used in grab bar
steadying or support one’s self.
257/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
For finishing accessories, a device attached above

1040 spring door closer
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
1041 perforated tape
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
1042 conventional head such as square, hexagonal, machine bolt
button or countersank.
It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from
1043 fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber, blanket insulation
cotton fiber, or animal hair.
For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with
standard penetration tests can give indication of the
1044 bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows test boring
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.
For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil
1045 Cobble
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is senepa
For brick work construction.what brick work with
1047 English Bond
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.
For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when
freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
1048 Slump test
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8” bullet nosed rod.
A type of wall in construction that laterally braced
1049 that bears against an earth or other fill surface and retaining wall
resists lateral and other forces.
It has been proven in construction that
_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
1050 great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and Wood
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and
1051 water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too mortar
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.
In history of masonry,____________were apparently
first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
1052 bricks
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.
A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from
1053 Corporation stop
main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
1054 Aerator
flowing from the end of the spigot.
Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by
extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
1055 nylon
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.
1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage. Stabilizers
These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to
1057 form a uniform film Coalesting agents
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.
These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color
1058 Anti-flooding Agents
particles from separating from each others.
Liso galvanisado
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
Kanallado
258/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010

1060 English term for " Sinturon" Collar plate
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a French Tile
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1062 Chord
bending is a
1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is Wrough Iron
It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation
1064 sills, railroad tiles and Bansalagin
other construction where strength and durability is required.
A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process
1065 of deposition, Aerocrete
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.
It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed
1066 Granolithic finish
stone. (
Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and
1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be Magnetic Gauge
measured.
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light
1068 Figured wired glass
only
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter. Fascia board
An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to
1070 Manhole
reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.
A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry
stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
1071 Masonry
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not
reinforced concrete.
These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same
1072 Materials as brick, but all Structural tile
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.
A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at
the center of the
1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces Particle board
are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.
1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll" Palupo
is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture,
structures, toys, and
1075 Joinery
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only
wood elements.
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Asotea
Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-
1077 one is a kraft paper. Vapor barrier
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.
In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of
1078 gassing
removing fuzz of protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
1079 beetling
appearance
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process fulling
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric
1081 slip-resistant finish
with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
1082 napping –
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
1083 antiseptic finish
resistant
259/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
1084 drip-dry finish
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand
1085 block printing
on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
1086 stencil painting
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
1087 roller printing
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
1088 discharge printing
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep
1089 Austrian shades
scallops.
– have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
1090 honeycombed shades
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
1091 pleated fabric shades
accordion shades
– have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
1092 roman shades
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? mullions
1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing frame
1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane muntins
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
1096 Rigid Board Insulation
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
1097 this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the Outside Door Latch
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
1098 Panic Bar
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
1099 Hardwood panel
except ______.
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and Melamine foam linear
1100
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding? wedges
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or Acoustical tile
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
1102 Bonded acoustical panel
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers Type x
mixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials
such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
1104 Carpet
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?
Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all
the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables 3 ropes are required for
1105
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of traction type elevator
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator
260/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.

Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
1106 Tetrahedral in shape
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption
1107 carpet
coefficient (SAC) value?
These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from
cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
1108 Loose fill insulations
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.
1109 a. Ductile A and b
b. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material
are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
1110 All of the above
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a
1111 Pantile
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
1112 below grade is a Foundation Wall
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known
1113 as Control Joints
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor
1114 joints is known as Baloon Framing
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor
1115 joints is known as Tyrolean Finish
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1116 bending is a Chord
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is

1117 Casein
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
1118 Alloy
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
1119 Backset
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
1120 Wrought Iron
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is

1121 Pabalagbag
The Filipino term for riser

1122 Takip silipan
The Filipino term for collar plate is

1123 Sinturon
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)

1124 Poleva
261/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
The Filipino term for plumb line is

1125 Hulog
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support

1126 Cantilever
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
1127 Shear
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will
1128 there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet? 15
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by

1129 gluing/ pasting
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
1130 0.90 m.
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling
1131 in offices is 24"x48"x1/2"
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1”) x 4”(commercial size) T &
G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the
1132 1098 bf
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be
1133 wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called Post tensioning
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by
1134 conduction. This can be minimized by the use of Wood
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with
1135 lath & plaster
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry
1136 wall by using furrings
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is
1137 necessary to provide Flashing material
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears
1138 directly on the column footing is a Grade Beam
** 6” to 8” - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4” - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing notes
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
262/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
263/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
264/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
265/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
266/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
267/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
268/525
PREPARED BY:
OCT. 2010
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
269/525
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER
These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization
1 (mountains; deserts; seas…) Geography
2 Visible architecture is composed of: Volume & Depth
A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three
3 dimensions: length, width and depth. Volume
Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are
4 distinct, regular and easily recognizable Platonic Solids
One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two
5 forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait. Face to face contact
Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as
6 Golden section
the greater is to be the whole.
One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of
7 another Juxtaposition
Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and

8 interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume Form
9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment. Color
10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity. Contrast

The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of
11 the building or reason of erection. personal character
12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture. Balance

Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a
13 wheel. Centralized
14 It means equality Balance
15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality. Scale
16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence. Rhythm
A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or
17 growing out of past experience. Assoc. Character
It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a
18 various object or part of a competition. proportion
Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.
19 balance
20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual. personal char.
anthropomorphic
21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.
proportion
The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or
22 assumed size. visual scale
270/525
PREPARED BY:
Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then
23 regular repetition is presented. unaccented rhythm
The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human
24 body. human scale
25 The art and science of building design and construction. architecture
26 Who said that “The magnificent display of volume put together in the light” Le Corbusier
27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets. form
28 With respect to an observer. visual inertia
29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row. linear form
30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid. grid form

subtracting
31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.
transformation
This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
32 articulation of form
shape and volume.
33 Who said “The will of the epoch translated into space’ Adolf Hitler
34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner. Radial Form
35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized. design process
36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form. . clustered
37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity. dimensional trans.
A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common
38 grid form
visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies. color
is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other
40 physical features at one level of a Floor Plan
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design. Balance
Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities
in a limited space or
42 Tiangge
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to
retail and wholesale.
43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements? anthropometrics
44 deals with space planning in relationship with man’s activities ergonometrics
45 human factor engineering ergonomics
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug”

46 Medieval Organic City
(military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super

47 building” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is Unite d’ Habitation
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?
271/525
PREPARED BY:
It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination

48 of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on Letchworth
town center.
A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area

Leslie Patrick
49 (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
Abercrombie
open space as structuring element.
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with

50 street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church, Leon Battista Alberti
palace or castle
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms

51 of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established Homer Hoyt
lines of transportation.
Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops; or

52 Peter Kropotkin
Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work”.
Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
53 Garden Oasis
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.
54 A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community. Greenbelt
The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more
55 Platting
parcels.
Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey
56 Azimuths
uses south.
57 Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat
A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up
58 Urban Sprawl
the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.
A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general
59 public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups Advocacy Planning
in society.
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land
Sustainable Land Use
60 resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without
Planning
compromising future generations.
Local Government Code,

61 This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive
1991
62 land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160
63 Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth
Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without
64 Sustainable Development
compromising the needs of the future generations.
65 First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus
272/525
PREPARED BY:
66 A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City
The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and
67 Agricultural Surplus
later to the birth of cities.
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from
68 Insula
the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits
69 Truebounded City
of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.
70 A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.
71 The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning
72 He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham
A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for
73 Subdivision Regulations
residential development.
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization
74 and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with Urban Design
the design of the individual buildings.
75 The science of human settlement. Ekistics
76 By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement
Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste
77 Capital Facilities Planning
disposal facilities.
78 The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest
79 W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central Concentric Zone Concept
business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.
80 The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area
81 A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc
82 Gabion Wall
coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.
83 A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff
A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low
84 Meadow
grassy land near a river or stream.
273/525
PREPARED BY:
85 A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge
86 A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine
87 On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership,
88 Parcel
and which is legally recorded as a single piece.
89 A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall
90 Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia
In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a
91 Density
given amount of space.
The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the
92 National Shelter Program
Philippines.
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and
93 Social Housing
characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.
A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can
94 "Option to Buy"
investigate the property and make a decision.
Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential
95 Earnest Money
buyer has serious intentions.
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges
96 Amortization
against the capital account.
97 Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed
98 They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers
Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the
99 Appraiser
industry.
100 Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker
Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at
101 Total System
the site.
102 Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes
Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate
103 Zoning
different types of living units.
Prefabrication
104 Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
Manufacturer
274/525
PREPARED BY:
105 System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems
106 The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal
An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and
107 Urban Area
services.
Code of Multiplicities and

108 Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.
Tradition
Primitive / Vernacular /
109 Three general types of structures.
Grand
110 A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use
111 Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use
112 Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications
113 Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.
114 Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms
115 Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change
116 A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo
117 In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants
118 The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning
119 The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology
120 Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic
Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in
121 Comprehensive Plan
the ___.
122 Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System
123 A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight
124 The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star
275/525
PREPARED BY:
125 An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways
A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the
126 Landmark
ground.
127 A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane
128 The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan
129 The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land
130 A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary
131 A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey
The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of
132 deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development Land-use Analysis
goals.
133 A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey
134 In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude
135 An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time,
136 Lease
usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
137 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s
138 Medieval Organic City
town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental d. National Development
139
planning? (CDEP IX-45) Planning
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings
140 in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX- Unite d’ Habitation
18)
141 Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one
142 Specialists
item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)
It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured
143 Permeability
in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)
It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and
144 10-15 %
have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)
276/525
PREPARED BY:
145 What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of
nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two
146 4
theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class
residential? (PTIT 132)
It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external.
147 They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT Landmarks
133)
In the book called “The Neighborhood Unit” he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive
148 Clarence Perry
neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved
149 Leslie Patrick Abercrombie
in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)
t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts,
150 Letchworth
and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)
first conceptualized the “Garden Cities”; and author of “Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social
151 Ebenezer Howard
Reform”. (CDEP IX-16)
152 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132) Outlying Business Districts
153 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing
These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the
154 Nodes
intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a
155 garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a Garden Oasis
variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)
When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP
156 1916
IX-31)
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point,
157 Leon Battista Alberti
usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter’s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed
158 Sir Christopher Wren
a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)
The author of “The Death and Life of Great American Cities” – one of the most influential book in the
159 b. Jane Jacobs
history of planning. (PTIT 116)
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities
160 ZIP
and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to
161 Homer Hoyt
the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)
277/525
PREPARED BY:
Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture
162 Peter Kropotkin
with manual work. (PTIT 128)
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of
163 c. ekistics
other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)
129
95
61
27
-7
-41
-75
-109
-143
-177
-211
-245
-279
-313
-347
-381
-415
-449
278/525
PREPARED BY:
-483
-517
-551
-585
-619
-653
-687
-721
-755
-789
-823
-857
-891
-925
279/525
PREPARED BY:
STANDARD CODES REVIEWER
1 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
2 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
21 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
22 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
25 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
280/525
PREPARED BY:
30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with
39 30 mts.
sprinkler system for institutional use.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with
41 31 mts.
sprinkler.
42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public
43 91 cms.
assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a
44 1.00 mtr.
public assembly building.
45 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.
46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.
51 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
53 Assembly
classification of occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification
54 Assembly
of occupancy
55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
56 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.
57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
281/525
PREPARED BY:
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form
59 Plenum
part of an air distribution system.
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support
62 Oxidizing material
combustion.
63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
64 volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly Distillation
purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and
65 Dust
ignited will cause an explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient
71 Flash Point
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs,
72 Fumigant
rodents or other pests.
73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6
77 15.00 mts.
persons.
78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family
79 3.00 mts.
dwelling.
80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than
82 20.5 cms.
a balcony.
83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
282/525
PREPARED BY:
87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread
89 25 mm
below 25 cms in dimension.
90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire
92 Fire resistance rating
test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces
93 Cryogenic
a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.

283/525
PREPARED BY:
116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
121 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.
122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and
125 Class D
other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber,
126 Class A
and plastics.
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials

127 Dip Tank
are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of

extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection Automatic Fire
128
engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses Suppression System
fire within the area protected.
129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many
137 60 oC
degrees Celsius?
138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
284/525
PREPARED BY:
142 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.
143 Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the
76.25 mts.
144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum
149 465 sqm.
area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
150 Hotel
more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom
151 facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, Apartment Buildings
or by any other name.
152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12

BLASTING AGENT
154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives
CELLULOSE
155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose) NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE
156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE,
157 Materials easily set on fire FLAMMABLE OR
INFLAMMABLE
COMBUSTIBLE
158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)
FIBER
COMBUSTIBLE
159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)
LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals
Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below

CURTAIN BOARD
161 the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments
so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
CRYOGENIC
162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.
DAMPER
163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.
DISTILLATION
164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance
DUCT SYSTEM
165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air
DUST
166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.
285/525
PREPARED BY:
Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space
167 Electrical Arc
between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor
168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember
169 Active principle of burning Fire
170 Building unsafe in case of fire Fire Trap

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of
171 Fire alarm
presence/danger of fire
172 Fire resistive door Fire Door
condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, FIRE HAZARD
173
safeguarding of life & property.
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units. Fire Lane
Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke FIRE PROTECTIVE &
detectors, warning system) FIRE SAFETY
175
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves) DEVICE
Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of FIRE SAFETY
176 building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe CONSTRUCTIONS
evacuation of people.
177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint
178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension Forging
179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion Fulminate
manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or HAZARDOUS
180 OPERATIONS/PROCE
explosions.
SS
Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately HORIZONTAL EXIT
181
same floor level.
182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX
183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel
184 Rocket or liquid propellant HYPERGOLIC FUEL
Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts INDUSTRIAL BAKING
185 & DRYING
to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER
187 Intended use/purpose of a building OCCUPANCY
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission
188 OCCUPANT
with the owner/administrator
Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible
189 Organic Peroxide
material under condition of high temperature.
Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical
190 Overloading
system.
191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property Owner
192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion OXIDIZING
MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FORC
Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which ED DRAFT BURNING
193
includes fans for introduction of air. EQUIPMENT
286/525
PREPARED BY:
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble BUILDING
195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way
196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC
197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining
198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire. SELF-CLOSING
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. DOORS
Smelting
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically
200 Sprinkler system
discharges water when activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where STANDPIPE SYSTEM
201
water is made available to outlets as needed.
VESTIBULE
202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building
203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building VERTICAL SHAFT
AUTOMATIC FIRE
Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent SUPPRESSION
204
actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire. SYSTEM
205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor Boiling Point
206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics) Class A Fire
207 Flammable liquids and gases Class B Fire
208 Electrical Class C Fire
209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.) Class D Fire
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of COMBINATION
210 STANDPIPE
Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.
COMBUSTIBLE
211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored. FIBER LOOSE
HOUSE
Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
212 Dip Tank
immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.
213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE
Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and
214 MAGAZINE
ammunition
Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm FIRE ALERTING
215 SYSTEM
to prevent panic
FIRE PROTECTIVE
An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers,
216 ASSEMBLY
curtain board, fire stoppers)
FIRE RESISTANCE
217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test RATING
A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4
218 FireWall
hours and structurally stable.
219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating
220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT
Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth HAZARDOUS FIRE
221
that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress. AREA
287/525
PREPARED BY:
HIGHRISE BUILDING
222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.
Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a MEANS OF EGRESS
223
public way.
Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions
224 OccupantLoad
thereof.
Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes ORGANIC COATING
225
protective and decorative finish.
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when
PANIC HARDWARE
226 pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building,
structure or facility.
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or PICKING ROOMS
227
groups.
Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air
228 plenum
distribution system.
SMOKE DEVELOPED
229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time. RATING
1 HOUR FIRE
230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS RESISTANCE
RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more RESISTANCE
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS RATING
232 INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) – 15 m
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.
Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90%

Inside Lot – 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m Minimum
233 2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m Requirements for
*minimum Group A Dwellings
Roof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width – 750mm
Rise – 200mm
Run – 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit
min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a Size & Dimensions of
234
street or yard, or by a passageway – 1.20m min. Courts
a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235 2nd storey 2.40m Ceiling Heights
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m
1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)

2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m) Size and Dimension
236
3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m) of Rooms
288/525
PREPARED BY:
1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person Air Space
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person; Requirements in
237
3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person. Determining the Size
of Rooms
– eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear
238 Location on Property
property lines / – sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls
239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings
a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter
240 height of shaft Vent Shafts
b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm
1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour

2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute Minimum Reqt’s in
241
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied Air Changes
each person
a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm
beyond Property line. Projection into Alleys
242 b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public or Streets
sidewalk areas
243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade Arcades
a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by

the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not
244 < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < Canopies (Marquees)
3.00m
c. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive
a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be
retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance Movable Awnings or
245
Awning to curb line – not < 300mm Hoods
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m
– not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond
246 Doors & windows
PL except fire exit doors
a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner “Chaflan”
Corner Bldgs. with
247 b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m
Chaflans
a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during construction

248 b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m Temporary Walkway
a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in height

249 b. Fences – not < 2.40m above grade Pedestrian Protection
c. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.
a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no
250 3o days
longer required.
1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in
251 48 hrs.
______
289/525
PREPARED BY:
Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sides
Automatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft Enclosure of Vertical
252
curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center Openings
1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2. Area Separation – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into Roof Construction
253 horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing and Covering
system.
1. Number of Exits
Above 1st storey – 10 occupant – 2 exits
Mezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits
500-999 – 3 exits
2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter
area.
3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant
load
b. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90 degrees
and exit way clear width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width – not < 1.10m
254 b. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load
of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of <
10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm
d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom – clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings – on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < ¾ hour fire
resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of <
45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm
- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
255 Skylights
- glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn’t exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have
wire mesh
290/525
PREPARED BY:
1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c
has an occupant load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or
Fire-Extinguishing
256 assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more
Systems
than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles
1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to

withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure
2. Size – 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is
950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections: b. Dry Standpipes –
257 2 way 100mm dry standpipe for bldgs. w/ 4 or
3 way 125mm more storeys
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2
way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)
1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per
sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above
the floor.
258 3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter c. Wet Standpipes
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm
connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter
1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Building Permits
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
(Exceptions)
3. Window Grilles
259 a. Minor
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
Constructions:
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m
1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.

2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows 2. Building Permits
260 5. Replacement of flooring (Exceptions)
6. Perimeter fence & walls b. Repair
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices
291/525
PREPARED BY:
any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise

Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting
outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
261 4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ Signs
combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.
1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line &
the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width
separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk
262 Arcades & Sidewalks
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not
exceeding 100mm
1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 1. Location of Poles
7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk and Clearances of
263
1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement Power Lines along
Public Roads.
a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5m 2. Clearance of

264 b. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway Supporting
Structures such as
Poles, Towers and
3. Clearance of
265 a. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs
Service Drops
4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less
Provisions for
266 than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface
Transformer Vaults
constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm.
Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.
5.1 Ventilation Openings

5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net
are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
267 Ventilation Openings
5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/
drain
292/525
PREPARED BY:
268 6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating Capacitors
1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of
pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype
elevators.
269 1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm Elevators
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger
elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.
2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall
270 not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. Escalators
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.
3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside
w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at
least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding Boilers & pressure
271
water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector. Vessels
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water
heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are
required.
4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM
temperature at an air movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be
Refrigeration and Air
272 provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.
Conditioning
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the
floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground
5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be
used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow 5. Water pumping for
273
pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered. Bldg./Structures
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel
293/525
PREPARED BY:
6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may
be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure – White
Exhaust System – Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping – Green
274 Pipings
Oil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze
Discharge – Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping – Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping – Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes – Black
Fittings - Black
275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence
4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway

4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street
276 and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m. Canopy
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length
5. Protective
277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas
Nets/Screen
6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use
of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be
allowed
6. Walkways &
278 6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
Railings
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height
7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its 7. Precautionary
279
length Measures
8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles 8. Storage of
280
exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back. Materials
9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.

9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or
281 dry fire extinguisher. 9. Fire Protection
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such
hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.
10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be 10. Sanitation & First
282
provided w/ a physician/nurse. Aid
11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.
11. Temporary Light
283 11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles.
& Power
284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers
294/525
PREPARED BY:
13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height

13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/
handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of
such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide. 13. Ladders &
285
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days. Temporary Stairways
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm
nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not <
762mm long
14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks

14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, 14. Runways &
286
runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart Ramps
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings
15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.

15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the
end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to
287 Scaffolds
sustain @ least 6 times the max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform
16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used
for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges
288 of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm. Floor Openings
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high
17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate
rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not
more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per
meter 17. Guard Rails & Toe
289
17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Boards
Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal
shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.
18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations
w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl’s
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290 18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper 18. Chutes
side
18.5 Openings into matl’s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor
295/525
PREPARED BY:
Private Open Space Requirements
% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road)
50% 25% Private Open Space
291
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15% Requirements
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of
seashores, etc) 5% 5%
unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed
from the ground upward.
a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open
space
c. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides
bounded by other open space.
292 Courts
• Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced
to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height
w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be <
3.00m
• Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate
of 300mm
Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings

ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m 8m 3m
293
20-24m 6m
10-19m 4m 2m
Below 10m 2m
2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use &
2. Parking
50% of each of the non-dominant
294 Requirement
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises
Computation:
2.40x5.00m
perpendicular or
295 Average automobile parking size
diagonal, 2.00x6.00m
for parallel
Min of 3.60m by
296 Truck or bus
12.00m
296/525
PREPARED BY:
1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not
more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
Parking & Loading
297 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
Space Requirements
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage
bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant
1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character

2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
QUALIFICATIONS OF
298 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
BUILDING OFFICIAL
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction
1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Exemptions of Bldg.
299 Dwellings – native materials
Permit
Cost doesn’t exceed P15,000
Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year

Validity of Building
300 Abandoned work for 120 days
Permits
National Building
301 P.D.. 1096
Code
302 Maximum height of a combustible stand. 2.70 mts.
303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.
304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle. 45.00 mts.
305 Maximum slope of an aisle. One is to Eight (1:8)
297/525
PREPARED BY:
306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.
307 Minimum width of any seat. 0.45 mtr.
1,300 sqmm / 1.30

308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.
sqm.
309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway. 0.70 mtr.
310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf. 1.20 mts.
311 Minimum width of an exit corridor. 1.10 mts.
Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more
312 2
than 10
313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999. 3
314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain 0.30 mtr.
315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm
316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.
317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.
318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques. Ga. 18
319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade. 300 mm
320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway. 300 mm
321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace. 200 mm
322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room. 2
323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof. 600 mm
324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm
325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors. 12.5 mm
298/525
PREPARED BY:
326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.
327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3
328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr
329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair. 0.28 mtr.
330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.
331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.
332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle. 1.70 mts.
333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits. 10.70 lux
334 Minimum width of side aisles. 1.10 mts.
335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter. 30 mm
336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area
338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area
339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
340 Minimum stair width for a residence. 750 mm / 0.75 mtr.
341 Standard minimum area of a toilet. 1.20 sqm.
342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen. 1.50 mts.
343 Minimum area for vent shafts. 1.00 sqm.
344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.
345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.
299/525
PREPARED BY:
346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at
347 300 mm
least 2.40 mts. In depth.
348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.
350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway. 1.20 mts.
351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback
353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court. 2.00 mts.
354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.
355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.
356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine. 1.80 mts.
357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum
358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area
359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft. 0.60 mtr.
360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm
361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.
362 Minimum height of a construction fence. 2.40 mts.
363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.
364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction. 1.00 mtr.
365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.
300/525
PREPARED BY:
366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.
367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.
368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.
369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing. 1.20 mts.
370 Maximum slope of an exit court. One is to ten (1:10)
371 Minimum width of run for circular stair. 250 mm
372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair. 2.00 mts.
373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway. One is to Eight (1:8)
374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground. 1.20 m
375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.
376 Minimum number of exit for any stage. 2
377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.
378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress. 750 mm
379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies. 5.60 mm
380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies. 1.20 mts.
381 Minimum width of exit in a stage. 900 mm
382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights. 2.50 mts.
383 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show window
384 Maximum width of a business sign. 1.20 mts.
385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.
301/525
PREPARED BY:
386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area
387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step. 300 mm
388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)
389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair. 2
390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair. 1.50 mts.
1:125 sqm. Of gross

391 Office building parking ratio.
floor area
392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot. 2.40 X 5.00 mts.
393 Hotel building parking ratio. 1:10 bedrooms
394 Hospital building parking ratio. 1:25 beds
395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.
396 Colleges and university parking ratio. 1:5 classrooms
1:50 sqm. Of
397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.
spectators' area
398 Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums. 4
399 Minimum width of a dropped curb. 0.90 mtr.
400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator. 1.10 X 1.40 mts.
401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.
402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.
403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator. 0.80 mtr.
404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.
405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.
302/525
PREPARED BY:
406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential) 200 mm
408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.
409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation. 6.00 sqm.
410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation. 2.00 mts.
411 Least dimension of an air duct. 300 mm
Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the
412 500 mm
grade line.
413 Minimum width of an exit door. 0.90 mts.
414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm
415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.
416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants. 750 mm
417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm
418 Minimum run of a winding stair. 150 mm
419 Maximum run of a winding stair. 300 mm
420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step. 5 mm
421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail. 3.00 mts.
422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides. 1.00 mts.
423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7
424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm
425 Maximum width of seat in a stand. 480 mm
303/525
PREPARED BY:
426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts
427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)
428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials. 100 mm
429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm
430 Minimum firebox wall thickness. 250 mm
431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls. 150 mm
432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm
433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4
434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute
435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)
436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)
437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)
438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute
439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe. 2" (50mm)
440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening. 2 1/2" (63mm)
441 Standard length of a fire hose. 23.00 mts
442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.
443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve. 38 mm (11/2")
444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.
445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.
304/525
PREPARED BY:
446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days
448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.
449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm
450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade. 6.00 mts.
451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk. 1/3 - 1/4
452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when
453 10.00 mts.
crossing the highway.
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the
454 7.5 mts.
side of the highway.
455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.
456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.
457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter. 1.20 mts.
458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter. 3,861 sqcms.
Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which
459 3.00 mts.
they might be reached.
Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its
460 3.00 mts.
point of attachment to than building or pedestal.
461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.
462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter. 277 kgs.
463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac. 3.00 mts.
464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings. 28.00 sqm.
465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels. 18.6 sqm.
305/525
PREPARED BY:
466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.
467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.
468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.
469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.
470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.
471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria. 8.40 sqm.
472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.
473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.
474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.
475 Parking requirement for Hotels. 1 slot/5 rooms
Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, 1 slot/50 sqm. Of
476
and the like. spectators' area
477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units
478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit
479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units
1 slot/100 sqm of
480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.
gross flr.area
481 Parking requirement for motels. 1 slot/unit
1 slot/50 parking
482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.
slots
483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities. 1 slot/5 classrooms
484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms
485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor. 1.20 mts.
306/525
PREPARED BY:
486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street. 01:20
487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb. 01:12
488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts. 12.00 mts.
489 Maximum slope of a ramp. 01:12
490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.
491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled. 1.50 mts.
492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.
493 Preferred height of switches from the floor. 1.10 mts.
494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor. 0.90 mts.
495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor. 1.20 mts.
496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail. 0.70 mtr.
498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair. 6.00 mts.
499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs. 1.50 mts.
One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to
500 Dwelling unit
be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to
501 Footing
the ground or soil.
502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units. Course
A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one
503 Apartment
family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.
504 A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation. Barbecue
A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
505 Balcony
1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.
307/525
PREPARED BY:
506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector
A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
507 Fireplace
which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls
508 Girder
over opening.
Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters

509 Helistop
is permitted.
The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional

510 Suportales
type of construction.
Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction

511 Vault
intended for the storage of valuables.
512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall
513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.
514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.
515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.
A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time
516 120 days / 4 mos.
after commencement for a period of.
Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall
517 8.00 mts.
have a minimum width of
518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.
Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly
519 3.00 mts.
connecting said building to a public street a width of.
Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
less than how many millimeters in width?
Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal
521 clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not 500 mm
be less than.
Business and
522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
mercantile
523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial
Residentials, hotels
524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
and apartments.
Storage and
525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
hazardous
308/525
PREPARED BY:
526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Institutional
527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.
528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is. 01:12
529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the
1.80 mts.
530 top and bottom of any ramp.
531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional
Residentials, hotels
532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?
and apartments.
Business and
533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?
mercantile
534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial
535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory
536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot
537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.
Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200
538 20%
meters of structure.
1/50 sqm of gross

539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.
floor area
1/150 sqm of
540 Parking requirement for markets.
shopping flr area
1/100 sqm of
541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.
shopping flr area
542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area. 1/living unit
543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units
1/50 sqm of
544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.
congregation are
545 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts. 0.60 mtr.
309/525
PREPARED BY:
546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.
547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.
548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.
549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory
Storage and
550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?
hazardous
Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using

551 Industrial
incombustible and non-explosive materials.
Storage and
552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?
hazardous
Business and
553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?
mercantile
554 Standard length of a Wheelchair. 1.10 - 1.30 mts.
555 Standard width of a wheelchair. 0.60 - 0.75 mts.
How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a
556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.
wheelchair.
How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for
557 0.74 mts.
wheelchair users.
Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the
558 Safety
basic planning requirements of BP344.
559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300. 4
Magna Carta for

560 R.A. 7277
Disabled Persons
561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms. Corridor
562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb
The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563 standards and requirements which is the minimum
564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones
Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565 an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than 1.20 mts
310/525
PREPARED BY:
566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts
567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%
568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is 20%
569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%
Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570 to the face of the building is 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of 5.00 mts
Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than 3.00 mts
573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
business &
574 occupancy classification?
mercantile
Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575 sidewalk 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
576 available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of 20%
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?
Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577 worldwide practice follow the System International
578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm
579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00
Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580 many? 1.80 mts
581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25
Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot? 80%
584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional
585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile
311/525
PREPARED BY:
Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification? industrial
Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room? 10%
Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length? 6.00 mts.
Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of? 1/5.
Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of 14 cu. mts.
591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2
Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than? 185 sm.
Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units? 5 units
594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm
595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2
business &
596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification
mercantile
Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification? storage & hazardous
residential, hotels
598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
and apartments
599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous
Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
600 classification?
Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an
601 3.00 mts.
access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of
602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.
Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be 8 mts.
Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of 120 days
605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2
312/525
PREPARED BY:
606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2
607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2
Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
business &
608 classification?
mercantile
residential, hotels &

609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
apartments
Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
610 classification? storage & hazardous
Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses? 50%
Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at 2.40 mts.
Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of 3.00 mts.
Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to ¼
Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening
615 10%
equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?
616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.
617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2
618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.
Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a
619 building or a portion thereof at any one time is occupant load
620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.
Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum
621 2.50m x 5.00m
_________
622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m
623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m
624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m
625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m
313/525
PREPARED BY:
626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley 1 car : 4 alley
627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital 1 car : 12 beds
628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space
629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space
Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below
630 1.80m
it.
631 What is the minimum Kitchen size? 3.00m2
632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m
633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space
634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space
635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath? 0.90m
Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than
636 2.40m
__________ measured from the floor to ceiling.
637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m
Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and
638 30 m.
should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.
639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m
640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6
641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway? 2 or more
A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the
642 Panic hardware
door if subjected to pressure.
643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy. Alter / Alteration
644 Contractor’s License law RA 4566
Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as
645 Building Officials
the enforcement of orders?
314/525
PREPARED BY:
646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for
647 Redevelopment
habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.
The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the
648 establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structure’s tower Podium
component.
649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave. Headstone
650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building? 16 – up storey
651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building? 1 – 5 Storey
A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed
652 Courtyard
50% of the area of the yard.
653 What pipe color is for Hot Water? Yellow
654 What pipe color is for Cold Water? Green
655 The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal. 30 degree
The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than
656 38 m./min.
__________ meters per minute.
657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________ 20 deg C – 24 deg C
Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully
658 compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the 600 mm.
underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.
659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey
. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00
660 1.50m
meters
661 Water Code of the Philippines PD 1067
662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m
663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________ 560mm
What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the
664 200mm
RROW?
315/525
PREPARED BY:
Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of
665 800mm
not less than _________ in width.
666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac? 9.15 m.
667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm
What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of

668 820mm x 1000mm
egress?
Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
669 400mm
clearance of __________ above the roof.
670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and
671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
above?
672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm
673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space
674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space
675 Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120
Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall
676 250mm & 600mm
be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.
What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major
677 50.00m
intersections?
678 A store window in which goods are displayed. Show Window
A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become
679 null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of 12 months
_________
A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if

680 30 days
after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.
681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3
Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-
682 Arcade
storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to
683 Footing
the soil or the pile.
All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
684 Foundation
structure rests.
316/525
PREPARED BY:
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls
685 Girder
over opening.
The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of

686 Helistop
helicopters is permitted.
687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall
The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction
688 Lintel
above.
A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________
689 5
guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.
690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo
691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal. Soffit
692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall
The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing
693 Curtain Wall
wall between piers.
What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating
694 4
capacity?
695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body. Anthropometrics
696 An exit, or a means of going out. Egress
697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.
699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 1.20m
700 The Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________
701 01:20
to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.
702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________ 0.90m
703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 01:12
704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m
317/525
PREPARED BY:
705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________ 2.00 mts
706 Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________ 0.10 m
The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater
707 0.35 m
than __________ above the adjacent surface.
Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate
708 because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the Slum
area.
709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans? 4.00m
Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth
710 1.80m
and a 1.50m width.
The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall
711 6.00m
provided with landing not less than 1.50m
712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m
713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard Bureau of Product
714
specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry. Standards
715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2
716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2
Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building /
717 200
structure within __________ meter radius.
What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use
718 1 car : 2 units
condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?
In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of
719 30 cm.
__________cm – 50 cm
In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above
720 25 mm.
the road or gutter.
721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction
formulate guidelines
Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public
722 on land-use planning
Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?
and zoning
318/525
PREPARED BY:
723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials
What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does
not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is
724 I & IV
suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six months;
IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::
Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building errors found in plans
725
permit? and specifications
certificate of
726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?
occupancy
727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area
728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use
729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.
730 What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated? 2.10 m.
731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2
732 An off premise sign. advertising sign
733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 01:50
734 When means of exit is insufficient. Fire Hazard
Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or
735 Addition
structure.
736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building. Concersion
737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition
738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____ 20-23 centigrade
739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.
Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and
740 Air Trans. Office
departure zones of airports?
319/525
PREPARED BY:
741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit
742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water
743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 01:12
Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed
744 objects such as buildings and Building Codes
nonbuilding structures.
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the
745 provision of the code in the field Building official
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two
terraced flats or row houses so
746 Party Walls
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built
at different times.
Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner
747 association for preliminary Local Ordinances
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for

748 GA 26
downspouts.
749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable

750 0.90 mtr.
window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.
751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
Required number of water closets for males for an

752 2
auditorium serving 16-35.
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving

753 1
10-50.
Required number of water closets for females for a

754 4
theater serving 51-100.
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary

755 01:30
and secondary school.
Ratio of water closets for female population for

756 01:25
elementary and secondary school.
757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school. 1:75
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal

758 1:75
Worship Places.
320/525
PREPARED BY:
Minimum required number of water closets for female for

759 4
office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to

760 poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of 1:5
occupants
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the

761 600 mm
car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.
Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and

762 30 mm
counterweight rope.
Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an

763 558 mm
escalator.
Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator

764 38 Meters/Min
along the angle of travel.
765 Defining open space in residential subdivision PD 1296
Home Insurance &

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake
766 Guarantee
low and middle income mass housing production
Corporation (HIGC)
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from

lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
767 minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof Firewall; fireblock
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?
768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law. PD 957
This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that

have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
769 CPD Provider
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?
770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium

771 Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may 100 meters
meters away from the building it serves?
PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving

772 Class B Fire
flammable liquids and gasses?
773 Minimum exit door width. 0.71 mtr.
774 Minimum floor to ceiling height. 2.30 mts.
321/525
PREPARED BY:
775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs. 2.00 mts.
778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants 4
780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles. 14
784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side. 7
785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60. 91 cms.
787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles. 56 cms.
789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs. 3
791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall. 38 mm.
793 Minimum height of a guard rail. 91 cms.
794 Maximum height of a guard rail. 106 cms.
795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair. 7.50 mts.
796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge. 112 cms.
797 Minimum width of a class A ramp. 112 cms.
798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
322/525
PREPARED BY:
799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator. 1floor
800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants. 3
809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly. 50-300
810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure. 2
Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler
811 30 mts.
system for institutional use.
812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.
814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public
815 91 cms.
assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public
816 1.00 mtr.
assembly building.
817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.
818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building. 112 cms.

323/525
PREPARED BY:
823 Occupant load per person for laboratories. 4.60 sqm.
824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy. Institutional
Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
825 Assembly
occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
826 Assembly
occupancy
827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy. Business
828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.
829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height. High rise building
830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an
831 Plenum
air distribution system.
832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion. Fulminate
833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material
835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile
836 parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified Distillation
substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will
837 Dust
cause an explosion.
838 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses. Class B
840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall. 4 hrs.
842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air. Duct System
The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form
843 Flash Point
an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or
844 Fumigant
other pests.
845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
324/525
PREPARED BY:
846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.
850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.
852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way. 71 cms.
Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a
854 20.5 cms.
balcony.
855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware. 7 kgs.
856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation. 76 cms.
858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms
861 25 mm
in dimension.
862 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is
864 Fire resistance rating
known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid
865 Cryogenic
drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
325/525
PREPARED BY:
870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall. Industrial
871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall. Mercantile
872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies. 71 cms.
873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores. 1
874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection. 15 mts.
877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs. 19 cms.
879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs. 20 cms.
880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair. 38 mm.
883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp. 112 cms.
887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp. 76 cms.
888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage. 10-17%
889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height. 1.20 mts.
892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.
326/525
PREPARED BY:
894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other
897 Class D
similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and
898 Class A
plastics.
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
899 Dip Tank
immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of

extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering Automatic Fire
900
standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area Suppression System
protected.
901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall? Assembly
904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway. 1.22 mts.
906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 25 cms.
Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees
909 60 oC
Celsius?
910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
914 Occupant load per person for classrooms. 1.8 sqm.
Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside
915 76.25 mts.
and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
327/525
PREPARED BY:
916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies. 55 cms.
917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how
920 465 sqm.
many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than
921 Hotel
15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom
922 facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment,
923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system. 12
925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386
926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544
927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP RA 0545
928 Sanitary Engineering Law RA 1364
929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber RA 1378
930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law RA 1582
931 Contractor's License Law RA 4566
932 Condominium Act RA 4726
933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC) RA 6541
934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons RA 7277
935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992 RA 7279
936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines RA 8293
937 Interior Design Law RA 8534
938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000 RA 8981
328/525
PREPARED BY:
939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000 RA 9053
940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004) RA 9266
941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973) PD 0223
942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums PD 0957
943 National Building Code PD 1096
944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977) PD 1151
945 Fire Code of the Philippines PD 1185
946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions PD 1216
947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning PD 1308
948 Government Infrastructure Contracts PD 1594
949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros PD 1616
950 Economic and Socialized Housing BP 220
951 Accessibility Law BP 344
952 set offs explosives BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material
NITRATE
954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE
955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F
LIQUID
956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID
957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings CRYOGENIC
958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER
959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION
960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current ELECTRIC ARC
961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned EMBER
962 active principle of burning FIRE

329/525
PREPARED BY:
963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT
964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING
965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion FULMINATE
966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL
OXIDIZING
967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion
MATERIAL
968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC
969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING
970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING
971 interior lot 50%
972 inside lot 20%
973 corner/through lots 10%
974 3 sides public open space 5%
975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW 3.50%
976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW 7%
977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE 9%
978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100 30%
979 minimum size of pocket parks 100 sqm
980 potable water supply per capita per day 43 li.
981 if independent from the developer 75 li
982 far away from pollution or source of contamination 25 mts.
983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT
984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing SLOPE
985 minimum lot area- single detached 72 sqm
986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot 54 sqm

330/525
PREPARED BY:
987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse 36 sqm
988 minimum lot frontage- single detached 8m
989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot 6m
990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse 3.5 m
991 maximum block length 250 m
992 provide an alley 250 up to 400 m
993 maximum block length provided by an alley 150 m
994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk 100 m
995 height limitation 2 STOREY
996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts 2.00 m
997 minimum size of passageway or street 1.20 m
998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm
999 minimum ceiling heights 2.00 m
1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine 1.80 m
1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in % 50%
1002 minimum door clear height 2.00 m
1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m
1004 opening of main door .80 m
1005 service door/bedroom .70 m
1006 bathroom .60 m
1007 window opening and floor area 10 % opening
1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom 1 over 20
1009 stairway clear width .60 m
1010 maximum riser height .25 m

331/525
PREPARED BY:
1011 minimum tread width .20 m
1012 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1013 maximum height between landings 3.60 m
1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail 4 steps
1015 handrail measurement .80 m - 1.20 m
1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall 38 mm
1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side 150 mm
1018 maximim variation in tread and risers 5 mm
1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder 1.80 m
1 light and 1 conv.

1020 electrical requirements
outlet
1021 2 units abut each other is re required of 4" thk fireblock
1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential 25%
1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units 4.00 m
1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5
1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m
1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m
1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m
1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m
1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m
1030 minimum parking requirement 1 for every 20 units
1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm
1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less .80 m
1033 for every additional occupant load of 25 plus .15 m
1034 maximum exit of travel 45.00 m

332/525
PREPARED BY:
1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher 60.00 m
1036 maximum dead end corridors 12 m
1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor 25%
1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%
1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units .90 m
1040 maximum landing width; equal to run 1.20 m
1041 with 3.00 m width of stair one handrail
1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width two handrails
1043 above the nosing or tread .80 m - 1.00 m
1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey 24.00 m
1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell
1046 headroom clearances 2.00 m
1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials 25 years
1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY
1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK
1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING
1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK
1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL
1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL
1054 shall cover of each phase 10 hectares
1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse 50 sqm
1056 min. lot sizes duplex 150 sqm
1057 min. lot sizes single detached 100 sqm
1058 Frontage Model A and B 10 m

333/525
PREPARED BY:
1059 Frontage Model C 8m
1060 Frontage irregular lot 6m
1061 Frontage rowhouse 4m
1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block 4.00 m
1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength 400 m
1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS
1065 dwelling unit (household) 40 sqm
1066 occupancy unit (single) 31 sqm
1067 parking slot 1 slot / unit
1068 not more than the building it serves 100 m
50 sqm/10 units 3
1069 parks and playground
sqm/additional unit
1070 4 floors optional
1071 5-6 floors 1 elevator
1072 7 floors and up 2 elevators
1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm
1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE
1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall ALCOVE
a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility
1076 CURB CUT OUT
of wheelchair
1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP
1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP
1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street SIDEWALK
a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor
1080 THRESHOLD
materials meet
1081 an exterior passage for walking along WALKWAY
1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety 1.20 m

334/525
PREPARED BY:
1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces 1.50 m
1084 maximum distance between restop 3.00 m
1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair 1.20 m
1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule 3.00 m
1087 structural opening of door entrances 1.00 m
1088 clear opening of door entrances .80 m
1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet 1.70 m x 1.80 m
1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator 1.10 m x 1.40 m
1091 minimum width of door elevator .80 m
1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m
1093 maximum gradient of ramp 01:12
1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp 6.00 m
1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp 1.50 m
1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m
1097 handrail level on both edges .70 and .90
1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp .30 m
1099 height of curbs in a ramp 50 mm
1100 parking slot width 3.70 m
1101 maximum height of tresholds 2.5 mm
1102 provision of one fountain 1 for 2,000 sqm
1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m
1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones 1.50 m x 1.50 m
1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth 1.10 m
1106 clear opening of telephone booths .80 m

335/525
PREPARED BY:
1107 regular buses 5 seats
1108 air conditioned bus 4 seats
1109 passenger trains 6 seats
1110 passenger airplanes 2 seats
1111 4-50 seating capacity 2 seats
a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him
1114 BUILDING PERMIT
proceed with the construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of
1115 CONSTRUCTION
components of a building or structure
1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON
1117 installation of all components of a building or structure ERECTION
construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning,

1118 location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not ALTERATION
increase its overall area thereof
any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its
1119 RENOVATION
aesthetic quality
a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different
1120 CONVERSION
requirement
remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original
1121 REPAIR
condition
the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to
1122 MOVING
another, either on the same lot or to either one
1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part DEMOLITION
a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to ANCILLARY
1124
that of the main building BUILDING
336/525
PREPARED BY:
337/525
PREPARED BY:
338/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Defining open space in residential subdivision

1 PD 1296
A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass
Home Ins. & Guarantee
2 housing production
Corp. (HIGC)
Actual Cost +
3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner 10%(profit,overhead &
tax)
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial
4 capability of “program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279). Affordable Cost
5 Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that falls under Pre design
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities

6 Burst node
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive
7 Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Project Management
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

8 Cost Records
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, &
9 with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture; Consulting Architect
10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the
11 project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding 98%
work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular
12 architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these services UAP doc. 202
as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13 3 months
Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

14 PD 957
This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural
Post Construction
15 Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services.
Services
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the
16 Performance Bond
part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

17 1 slot/ family dwelling
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed
18 but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves? 100 meters
339/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the
19 provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made City Engineer
pursuant thereto
Contract Documents shall be the property of the

20 Architect
It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the
21 contract. Special Provisions
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect’s approval
22 Contractor / 2
are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods,
23 Specifications
or systems.
shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for
24 Open Specifications
materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.
– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such
25 can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter Closed Specifications
or the architect
specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used Brand Name
26
for each specific work. Specifications
Combination
27 Combines two or more techniques.
Specifications
Division 01 — General Requirements

Division 02 — Site Construction
Division 03 — Concrete
Division 04 — Masonry
Division 05 — Metals
Division 06 — Wood and Plastics
Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division of Master
Division 08 — Doors and Windows
28 Format Specifications
Division 09 — Finishes
(1995 - Nov 2004)
Division 10 — Specialties
Division11 — Equipment
Division 12 — Furnishings
Division 13 — Special Construction
Division 14 — Conveying Systems
Division 15 — Mechanical
Division 16 — Electrical
an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as

pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in CSI - Construction
29
their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP). Specification Institute
The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for
commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and Master Format
30
section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information about Specifications
a facility’s construction requirements and associated activities
340/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Classes
A – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B – flammable liquid and gases
31 Classes of Fire
C – fire involving energized electrical equipment
D – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)
32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe
33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected Plenum
34 – neutralize or remove a fire hazard Abatement
35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke Damper
the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed
36 Flash Point
to flame
37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device Jumper
38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower
39 not allowed as a form of escape Fire escape ladders
signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised

paid illegal amount in the application Grounds for suspension
40 impersonation and revocation of
aided an illegal practice license
develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing
projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family
41 BP 220
income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units
more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection
42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection PD 957
43 defining open space PD 1216
44 Condominium act RA 4726
341/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the
mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in R.A. 7279 - Urban
resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic Development and
45
services, and employment opportunities; Housing Act
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the
following:
Environmental Impact Statement

prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the
quality of the environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be
P.D. 1151 - Philippine
implemented;
46 Environmental Policy
alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent
with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding
must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.
47 Philippine Environmental Code PD 1152
a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except
the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
48 bidding requirements Project Manual
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications
invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements
49
supplements to bid
bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions
50 forms
agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond,

contract forms
51 certificates of insurance
general and
general conditions
52 supplementary
conditions
(also called “closed”), specifies brand names, product,
proprietary specification – the most restrictive Prescriptive
53
“approved equal” language, Specification
(also called “open”), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the
choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
Performance
54 descriptive – like a “recipe” to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
Secification
reference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC
342/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
complete, accurate and unambiguous
up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
55 use standards than can be measured Writing Specifications
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid “and/or”, etc.,
keep it short
56 one general contractor single prime contract
major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors
57 multiple prime contract
favor this but make coordination difficult
used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs
58 many prime contracts
are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process
graphic presentation of work to be done

59 Drawings
written and verbal description of work

60 Specifications
changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds,
General Conditions
61 correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract
compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages,

62 payment Agreement
changes before contract execution addenda

63
changes after contract execution

64 Modifications
Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it
is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for Construction
65
payments and administers the project closeout procedure Administration
illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very
66 shop drawings
detailed
physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and
67 Sample
workmanship
68 brochure, charts, instructions Product data
authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect
69 Change Orders
prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.
when the building is made ready for occupancy

70 Project Closeout
343/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion
72 – a result of architect’s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected punchlist
Housing and Urban

Development
73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc
Coordinating Council
(HUDCC)
Housing and Land Use

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban
74 Regulatory Board
and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection
(HLURB)
Home Development
75 provident savings fund for housing Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)
National Home
76 generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system Mortgage and Finance
Corporation (NHMFC)
National Housing
77 undertake housing development and resettlement
Authority (NHA)
National Housing
78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials
Corporation (NHC)
1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo

Gardiner
National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings
were registered as architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
History of Archl.
79 1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
Organization in Phils.
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines
344/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
responsibilities toward the public
constructive civic service architects
preservation of heritage responsibilities in
80 uphold interest of its professional organization relation to
abide by the code of ethical conduct people
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement
introduce oneself by sample (no free design)

ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
architects
explain character of estimate
responsibilities in
consider needs and stipulation of the client
81 relation to
charge the client
Client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself
make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)

architects
architect’s error should not be absorbed by the contractor
responsibilities in
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
82 relation to
not accept free engineering services or other “freebies” that would make him obligated
Contractor
promptly act on request for payments
architects
no “freebies” responsibilities in
83 avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame relation to
agents, dealers
no free architect’s services except small civic and charitable projects

not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
architects
not invade or conquer another architect’s project
responsibilities in
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
relation to
84 not maliciously talk about another architect
colleagues &
protect ones name from being used maliciously
subordinates
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association
feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or

85 analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing) Pre-Design
schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

86 Design
interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts
Specialized Allied
87 with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan)
implements construction Design-Build

88 hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts by administration
345/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
involves the use of a revolving fund
savings and excesses are shared with conditions Design Build by
50/50 split on savings guaranteed maximum
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor’s work, record keeping)

construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control
90 Construction Services
and record keeping)
building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)

building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations) Post Construction
91
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved) Services
Comprehensive
all in one
92 Architectural Services
Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))

cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this
is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profit
93 Compensation Method
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense
94 revised RA 6541 PD 1096
BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment

95 15 days
fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract) Bldg. permit
96 drawings, specifications and estimates Requirements
lot plan
permit becomes null and void if:

construction does not commence within _______
97 one year / 120 days
suspended/ abandoned for ________
no building can be occupied without such certificate Certificate of

98 no change in occupancy allowed Occupancy
issued within 30 days after final inspection
Type I - wood construction

Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
99 Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout Types of Construction
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive
100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without
collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or fire resistance rating
exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire
346/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial
Classification of
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Buildings by Use
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary
102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement mixed occupancy
103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets 10% & 5 %
but not less than 0.24 m2)
104 ceiling heights (min): (artificially ventilated)

2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m
105 if naturally ventilated

2.7m ceiling height
106 mezzanine
1.8m Ceiling height
min. sizes and dimension of rooms

107 6 m2 (least side 2m)
human habitation
108 Kitchen 3m2 (least side 1.5m)
109 bath/ toilet 1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)
110 installation in place erection
111 increasing height or area addition
changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing
112 alteration
area
113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics renovation
114 Change in use Conversion
115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore repair
116 transfer of building or part moving
347/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
117 systematic dismantling demolition
118 secondary building ancillary
119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.
of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or
120 bay or panel
division walls
121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area
122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area
123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo
124 underside of a beam, lintel soffit
125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium
refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that
126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke automatic closing
detector.
three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge,
127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the egress system
building). These must lead to public way.
128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible
door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends
129 panic hardware
across at least ½ of the the width of the door
an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project

can be prepared in various phases of the architect’s regular design services
area method
130 detailed Estimates
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they
do not have control over the prices
131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost
348/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical
construction of the permanent facility
132 directly based on building plans and specifications Direct Cost
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not
all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the
133 InDirect Cost
orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)
134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract
inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of
135 Overhead
the work
specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events
that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order) Contingencies
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in
conditions, abnormal weather)
the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material,
137 Escalation
labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.
earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from
138 Gross Profit
sales of revenues
139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit
estimated by quantities and pricing

140 Materials
by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)

141 as a percentage of the cost of materials Labor
acquisition, depreciation, rental,

142 Equipment
143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead
144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit
145 indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies bar chart
349/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must
critical path method
146 occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible
(cpm)
finishing time
** 5 days – means immediately

** 7 days – NTP ‘ notice to proceed’
** 10 days – request for materials and drawings
– notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days – arbitration
** 90 days – government stoppage
147 ** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage) Notes
** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction)
– 3 consecutive board examination failures
– guaranteed bond
– reinstatement
** 3 years – renewal of license
** 15 years – liability of architect to his project
148 15 % of contract amount Performance Bond
15% of Contract amount

149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond Payment Bond
30% of contract amount

150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance Guarantee Bond
151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%
substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue
152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during After 98%
period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.
350/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Doc 201 Pre- design Services
Doc 202 Design services
Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services
Doc 204 Construction Services
153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services
Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services

Doc 207 Design- Build Services
Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation
Doc 209 Competition Code

Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence
Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40% Architects Fee
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200
PD 1185 Fire Code

PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law
155 Laws in Architecture
RA 545 The Architects Law
BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled

BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law
351/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
“or an equal approved by the architect”
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed
specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a
156 single product except that more than one product is used. “no other brand will be accepted” Types of Specification
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified
may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications
are open if the phrase “or equal”
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a
specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.
1. M-achines
2. M-oney
3. M-anpower
157 5 M’s of Construction
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes
1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical

2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have a
permit Important Milestones of
158 3. R-ebars
Construction
4. C-oncreting
5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples)
1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Schematic Design – 15%
3. Design Dev’t - 15%
159 Architects Fee for RDS
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50% Architects Fee for SAS
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
1. G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation

2. A-greement
3. S-pecifications Architectural Contract
161
4. S-pecial Provisions Documents
5. D-rawings
UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of design

PROJECT
162 FCP – risk of occurrence of Fire
NCP – use and occupancy CLASSIFICATION
352/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost
Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if
residential proj.) + 7% = 17%
Design Build Services
163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost
Fee
a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client.
However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%
164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor
validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government
165 Building Permit
structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost
166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days
is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is

167 Contract
recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.
168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule
is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation
including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which
169 Adjudication
determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.
There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be
evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct
170 Mutual agreement
manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a
requirement.
is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to
171 Bilateral Contract,
the other party.
172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract
173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract
174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract
Implied in fact or
is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though
175 implied in law
they have not done so expressly.
353/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for
176 the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she Quasi-Contract
is not required to compensate the other.
If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no Puff statement (sales
177
action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong talk):
A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract
and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the
Representation
178 statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be
statement
enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation,
whereupon other remedies are available.
A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person
179 Term Statement
who made the statement. The test is an objective test.
180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate
is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a
181 Quantity Survey
project, not yet considering their cost.
is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the
182 Productivity Estimates
productivity of the workers
183 is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item. Bill of Materials
is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and
184 specifications of construction materials. It’s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of Value Engineering
each material
is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible.
185 Detailed Estimate
Each component are often described with specifications
is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area,

186 Rough Estimate
volume, or bulk.
187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum
188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages
189 The ____ ethically can order a “change” during construction anytime Owner
190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens
191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally
354/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the
192 contract The General Conditions
193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin
The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared Instructions to Bidders
By Guaranteed
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
Maximum Cost
Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of

196 compensation is: Salary
Percentage of Gross
197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:
monthly Rentals
Multiple of Direct
198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:
Personnel Expense
Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture Private
200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning PD 1308
____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional

201 organization. UAP
The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations PRC
The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203 Owner
An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or
204 prevent Force Majeure
only after the approval

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:
by the architect
The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense
206 of moral values are formulated under the: UAP Doc. 200
Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam: one
208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost
209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect
355/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work
211 ____ shall mean furnish and install Provide
212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed
213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate
214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months
A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for

215 substitution is: Close Specifications
The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects Charitable
The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project Architect
The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractor’s bonds. Surety
219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment
Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend
220 work/terminated 10 days
contract?
b. Actual direct cost

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the
221 plus 10 percent for
owner.
profit, overhead and tax
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on

222 the needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries and Affordable cost
appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).
Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that

223 Pre Design
falls under:
In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more

224 Burst node
activities
It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of

225 Technical Transfer
systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 Engineers and
226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to Architect’s Law Act no.
register as architects? 2986
356/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the

227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall Project Management
constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?
a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds Cost Records
c. Cost Records
d. Payments
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and

229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise Consulting Architect
or specialization in any branch of architecture;
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the

architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230 98%
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.
The Architect shall consider

the needs and stipulation of
the
Which of the following is NOT the architect’s responsibility in Contractor and the effect of
231
relation to the contractor? his work upon the life and
well-being of
the public and community as a
whole
25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager

performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232 UAP Doc 202
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?
Guarantee Bond equivalent to
40% of the Contract Price
The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is
233 covering
to be released except for: a period of one year after the
Final Acceptance of the Work.
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from

234 3 months
date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
Post-Construction
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
Services
architectural services.
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a
236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the Performance Bond
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.
The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for
237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth Php 480,000.00
housing unit?
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the

238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as City Engineer
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
357/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to

suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination All of the above
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above
240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the Architect

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &
241 Special Provisions
general conditions of the contract.
Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction
documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid Building Permit
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for
243 Contractor/2
the architect’s approval
A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the

244 Project Representative
supervision of the work.
Contract documents
245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.
phase
246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services
Specialized allied
247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.
services
The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from
248 10%
his fee for regular design services.
249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%
For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon
250 50%
submission of the final design.
When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by
251 85%
the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.
The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert
252 PHP 500.00
witness shall be.
253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%
254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%
358/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%
In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability
256 Architect
for both the design and construction on the.
The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the
257 3 months
date of final payment.
258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions
Schedule of material
259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.
and finishes
A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials,

260 Quotation
labor or both.
A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work
261 Certificate of payment
accomplished.
A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in
262 Performance bond
accordance with the terms of the contract.
263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid
264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration. 7%
265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification
266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders
The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of
267 2 months
how many months from the final acceptance of the work.
268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr
How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection
269 30 days
of the project.
A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged
270 Statute of Limitation
damage or injury.
271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond
A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless
272 Statute of Frauds
there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.
359/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of
273 Lease
time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee
276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor
277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5
Multiple of Direct
278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.
Personnel Expenses
279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false. TRUE
Percentage of
280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.
Construction Cost
This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and
Multiple of Direct
281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied
Personnel Expenses
services.
This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, Percentage of
282
and lawyers. Construction Cost
For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be
283 50 kms.
located to allow reimbursable expenses.
This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a Professional Fee Plus
284
series of projects. Expenses
The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the
285 Architect
___.
286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal
287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3
Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final
288 Contractor
occupancy permit.
True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot
289 lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the TRUE
contractor for such works?
Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and
290 Owner
benchmarks?
360/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the
291 location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, Contractor
and other similar works required by the contract.
292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor. 1-1.5%
293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager. 1.5-3%
Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-
294 (1/6)
way?
At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay
295 2%
the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?
What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain
296 Civil Code
period of time.
What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, Per Diem+Reimb.
297
such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.? Expenses
298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond
What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works
299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee
and is advantageous to both client and architect.
300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager. 2-5%
If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the
301 Project Manager
Construction Manager?
True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar
302 TRUE
as design and construction is concerned.
His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of
303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost Project Manager
and completion dates.
In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek
304 Public / People
opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?
305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223
Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and
306 People / Public
years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?
307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin
361/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made
308 Proposal
out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.
The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a
309 guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the Proposal Bond
work, if the contract is awarded to him.
Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings,
310 Special Provisions
specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of
311 Specifications
construction.
Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent
312 by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of Written Notice
such individual, firm or corporation.
Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary

313 Work
to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.
Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the
314 Install
intended use.
315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite. Furnish
316 Means to furnish and install. Provide
No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of
317 50%
the contract has been completed?
318 No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price. 65%
319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%
How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the
320 30%
preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?
321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5
Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the
322 12 sqm.
contractor as temporary facilities for the project.
All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be
323 50 / Contractor
done by the ___ at his own expense.
If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be

324 Specifications
followed?
362/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the
325 15 Days
particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?
326 How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason? 15 Days
Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act
327 90 Days
or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the
328 False (30 days)
contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any
329 False (15 days)
request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.
330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor
True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that
331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and TRUE
rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.
True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses
332 TRUE
incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.
True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work
333 FALSE
from the contractor for failure to complete the project.
How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention
334 10 days
to cancel?
335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%
336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%
337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause
Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, 5,000 for First 50
338
sports complex, resorts, etc. Hectares
339 Predecessor of PD 1096 R.A. 6451
340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308
341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens
363/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects. 6%
343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations. 50%
When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on

344 200 / hr
technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.
345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500
346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental). 12%
347 What is Group 6 Project classification? Repetitive Construction
10% of 1st unit / 60%

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects. 2nd-10th Unit / 30% 11th
and above
Group 3 (Exceptional
349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?
Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional
350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?
Character)
351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00
Construction Phase
352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.
Service
Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how
353 5 days
many days after written notice by owner?
Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to
354 remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses 10 days
incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?
7th day / Notice to

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.
Proceed
356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center
Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less
357 Chattel
than a freehold.
No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the
358 Reciprocity
profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.
364/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / CONTRACT

359
DRAWINGS DOCUMENTS
360 full time construction inspector PROJECT REP.
361 offer of the bidder to perform the work PROPOSAL
cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the
362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)
contract with the owner
PERFORMANCE BOND
363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work
(15%)
364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND
365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND
contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto
366 AGREEMENT
and all general and special provisions
367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID
368 additional information on contract documents BID BULLETIN
list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for INSTRUCTION TO
369
the award of contract BIDDERS
370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project DRAWINGS
371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract GENERAL CONDITIONS
instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings,
372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
specifications and general conditions
written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and
373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or SPECIFICATIONS
ammendment to the provisions of specifications
SCHED. OF MATERIALS
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used
AND FINISHES
BREAKDOWN OF
listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in
375 WORK AND
materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead
CORRESPONDING
VALUE
376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE
365/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
ACT OF GOD OR
377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature
FORCE MAJEURE
378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS
379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK
380 purchase or fabricate FURNISH
381 build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used INSTALL
382 furnish and install PROVIDE
the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a
383 guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract PROPOSAL / BID BOND
with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.
a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work
384 PERFORMANCE BOND
in accordance with the terns of the contract
385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND
386 for life and property INSURANCES
as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship
387 GUARANTEE BOND
performed by the contractor.
are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary
388 DRAWINGS
details and shop drawings.
are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and
389 SPECIFICATIONS
modes of construction
is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents
390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to AGREEMENT
the work materials therefore
drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by
391 the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or SHOP DRAWINGS
installed.
392 precise drawings AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial
393 ARBITRATION
proceeding.
366/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving
ADVERTISEMENT OR
394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract
INVITATION TO BID
documents & date of bidding
395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN
the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions INSTRUCTION TO
396
for the award of contract BIDDERS
are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the
397 SPECIAL PROVISION
contract
a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the
398 PENALTY CLAUSE
contract
399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
367/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
368/525
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
440
369/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes
1 Ammeter
2 . The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage
3 On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch
The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting
4 the circuit Feeder Line
An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid
5 underground. Cable Vault
6 The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower
7 Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere. Current
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current
In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in
9 manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground. Grounding Wire
10 A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot. Footcandle
11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current
12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in? appliances

13 a generator of alternating current alternator
14 device used to measure rate of flow of electricity ammeter
15 device for storing electric energy capacitor
16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser
17 device used to transform AC to DC rectifier
18 device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle illumeter –
19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring? greenfield
20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator

21 cap that receives the service drop entrance cap
22 box used for maintaining light control devices utility box
23 What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals? flux
24 electromotive force voltage
25 number of AC that flow in a conductor phase
26 rate or measure of power used or consumed watt –

27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted? rheostat
28 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements regulator

370/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
29 instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter
30 materials that resist the flow of electric current insulator
31 What is the unit for quantity of electricity? coulomb
32 unit of resistance ohm
33 unit of electromotive force volts
34 unit of candlepower candela
35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10 ft.

Pvt. Automatic Branch
36 PABX or PBX means.
Exchange
37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
38 Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
40 Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14

A device for converting alternating current to direct
41 Rectifier
current.
42 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current
43 Phase
with the same frequency.
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
44 circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded 5.5 sqmm
copper conductor in a raceway.
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local
45 60 Cycles
power utility company like Meralco.
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
46 Service Drop
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the
building.
Telecommunication
47 The simplest type of building automation system.
System
48 Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
49 The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors
50 insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called Busway
Busduct.
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
51 bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric Bus
currents, also called a busbar.
An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
52 protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to Busway
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.
371/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of
joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
53 Pull Box
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the
enclosed conductors.
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,
switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
54 Riser Diagram
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a
55 metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a Air Terminal
structure.
Moisture resistant, in
56 TW in electrical wire specification means.
wet and dry location
Moisture and Heat
57 XHHN in wire specification means. Resistant- Cross-Linked
Thermosetting
58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______. the reciprocal of ohm
A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical
59 Watt
power?
Who said these prophetic words: “Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
60 Nikola Tesla
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is
mine.”?
A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling Rigid metal conduit
61
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place. (RMC)
The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN Heat resistant
62
is ______. thermoplastic
What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
63 b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open) All of these
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these
What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp
64 2-s3w and 1-s4w
or group of lamps in three different locations?
Low resistance, high
65 It characterizes short circuit
current
A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings
66 Cable tray
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
67 Silver
except___.
It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
68 All of the above
b. Area
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center. Panelboard
A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient
70 Conduit
to receive a standard pipe.
A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
metal clad cable (type
71 insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
MC)
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow. Current
372/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Alternating current is characterized as having _____.
a. Positive and negative polarity
73 All of these
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency
d. All of these
A circuit type where components are electrically connected end
74 Series circuit
to end.
The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit a. Fungus resistant
75
cables shall be ____. b. Corrosion resistant
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except Switch
A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an Non metallic sheathed
77 outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic cable (type NM and
material. NMC)
Cables are conductors that are ____.
78 a. Larger than wires Both a and b
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)
Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the
79 Gold
best conductor of electricity?
Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
80 a. Concealed knob and tube Both a and b
b. Open wiring on insulators
A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors
81 Multi-outlet assembly
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
82 Transfer switch
connections from one power source to another.
The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive
83 CIRCUIT BREAKER
load
84 Unit of power WATTS
85 The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE
86 This is where an electric service conductor can be installed TOWER OR FLATFORM
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged
87 KNIFE SWITCH
and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them
88 Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT
89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC) RECTIFIER
RAPID START
90 A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element
FLOURESCENT LAMP
91 An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX
92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS
93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m
94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm
95 A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN
96 Original name of P-Trap GOOSENECK
373/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
97 The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected DISTRIBUTION LINE
98 The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m
99 Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE
100 The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE
101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire RACEWAY
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted

102 CABLE WIRE
together
103 Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL
104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER
105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL
The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop
106 2.50m
conductor from NBC
STEP DOWN
107 To bring down voltage
TRANSFORMER
108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING
Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
109
brownout SWITCH
110 One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH
111 The voltage across the welding arc ARC VOLTAGE
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of
112 ARMORED CABLE
mechanical protection
A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc

113 ASKAREL
evolves only non-explosive gases
Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus,

114 ASSEMBLY
mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined
115 Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD
That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting
116 BRANCH CIRCUIT
the current
Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common
117 BUS
connection for two or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
118 BUSWAY
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry
fault current
System and to withstand
of conductor theessentially
forming an magnetic forces of the current
continuous conducting network over the
119 CAGE
object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object
protected
A and antoadequate
device design ground
open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury
120 CIRCUIT BREAKER
itself
A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric
121 CONDUCTOR
current
374/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the
122 CONTROLLER
electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected
A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage
123 CORONA
gradient exceeding a certain critical value
124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted CUT OUT BOX
Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total
125 DEMAND FACTOR
connected load of the system
126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables DUCT
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an
129 FEEDERS
isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device
Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a
130 FOOTCANDLE
surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and
131 FUSE
severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
132 Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING
133 Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION
Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary
134 KNIFE SWITCH
contact blades when closed
135 Artificial source of light LAMP
136 Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER
137 A radiant energy LIGHT
Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge
138 LIGHTNING ARRESTER
current
139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE
140 Is the radial branch connection to a main line LINE TAP
Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in
141 LOAD FACTOR
that period
142 Unit of luminous flux LUMEN
143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET
145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX
146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD
147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord PENDENT
375/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating
148 PILOT WIRE
apparatus at a distant point
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in
149 PULLBOX
the conductors and the distributing of the conductors
150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars RACEWAY
Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment
151 RECEPTACLE
plug
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
152 RIGID METAL CONDUIT
pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and
thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for
153 ROSETTE
connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
154 SERVICE DROP
splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building
155 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
156 Cable designed for service under water SUBMARINE CABLE
157 Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE
Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30
158 5.5 mm2
ampere rating
SINGLE PHASE TO
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the
159 SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
secondary circuit is short
LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO
160 This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE
LIGHTING AND POWER
The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this SINGLE PHASE FOR
161
connection is used for small industrial applications POWER
Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common TWO PHASE
162
wire must carry /2 times the load current CONNECTIONS
This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load DELTA-DELTA FOR
163
simultaneously POWER AND LIGHTING
This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the OPEN DELTA FOR
164
power load LIGHTING AND POWER
Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to
165 Y DELTA FOR POWER
increase its potential capacity
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed
The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING
166
phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This AND POWER
connection requires special watt-hour metering
When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced
167 OPEN Y DELTA
load
The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
168
any one bank AND POWER
The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
169
capacity of the system POWER
376/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the
170 Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER
most economical way of stepping down the voltage
SCOTT CONNECTION
171 In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system
3PHASE TO 2PHASE
If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special SCOTT CONNECTED
172
tap must be provided on the secondary side 2PHASE TO 3PHASE
173 Thermoplastic T
174 Moisture Temperature Resistant TW
175 Underground Feeder UF
176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant FEPW
177 Heat Resitant Rubber RH
178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber RHW
179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber RUH
180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic THW
181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon THWN
182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer XHHW
183 Armored Cable BX
184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT THHN
185 POLYETHELENE PE
186 SILICON ASBESTOS SA
187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC AVA
188 Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire FIXED TEMPERATURE
189 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
PHOTO ELECTRIC
190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode
DETECTOR
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when INFRARED FLAME
191
IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame DETECTOR
Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized
192 IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT
sampling
193 chamber to detect fire DETECTOR
Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used

194 ARMOR CABLE (AC)
both on exposed and concealed work
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed
195 in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)
especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work
377/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory
MINERAL INSULATED
196 mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of
CABLE (MI)
cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or branch circuit
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant,
NON METALLIC SHEATED
197 flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one
CABLE (NM)
or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded
SHIELDED NON METALLIC
198 core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral
SHEATED CABLE (SNM)
metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways
UNDERGROUND FEEDER
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in
AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated
199 (UF) POWER AND
conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath,
CONTROL TRAY CABLE
This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by messenger wire (TC)
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY
200
especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways (FC)
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and
enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE
201
as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth (FCC)
continous floor surfaces and the like
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE
202
This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts (MV)
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each TELEPHONE TERMINAL
203
floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable CABINET
Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links,
TELECOMMUNICATION
204 analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and
SYSTEM
similar devices
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT
205
points MIDPOINT AND SINGLE
POINT SWITCH AT END
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover
POWER AND CONTROL
206 ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in
TRAY CABLE TYPE
raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
207 Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH
378/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high
208 METAL HALIDE
illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required SCOTT CONNECTION 2
209
from a two phase system PHASE TO 3 PHASE
210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees TW
211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a

212 85 amperes
22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
213 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing) DRAWINGS

214 15 amperes
2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS

LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS
215 Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings
460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS
PROVIDED
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground
216 over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 5.500 mm
600 volts to ground

217 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry BUSWAYS
fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
218 pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
pipe of standard width and thickness
219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma
220 WINDMILL
shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity
A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to
221 PANEL BOARD
concentrate
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to
SINGLE PHASE
222 zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second
ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to
TWO PHASE
223 each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be produced
ALTERNATING CURRENT
and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero
379/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14
225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C UF
226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW
Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a
227 CIRCUIT VENT
vent
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit
228 automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied CIRCUIT BREAKER
within its rating
229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
230
volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system POWER
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30
231 24 AMPERE
ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
232 5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
233 3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together
with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
234 30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with
235 3.5 sq.m
20 ampere rating

236 45 Amperes
8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference MULTI WIRE BRANCH
237
between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it CIRCUIT
PRESSURIZED WATER
238 A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres
REACTOR
239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE

240 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry BUSWAYS
fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
241 Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES
242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees USE
380/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the
243 SERVICE DROP
splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by BOILING WATER
244
operating at somewhat low pressure REACTOR
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of
245 BALANCE LOADING
the three phase with this objective to attain
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system
246 CABLE TRAYS
used to support cables
A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power.
OPEN DELTA FOR
247 This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power
LIGHTING AND POWER
load
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
248
resulting into unbalanced primary AND POWER
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its
249 ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL
use at exposed weather or excessive moisture
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set THREE PHASE
250
at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave ALTERNATING CURRENT
251 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT
253 Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to
SINGLE PHASE
254 zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds
ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency of the machine is designed
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND

255 Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory
COMBINATION
NUMBER OF BRANCH
256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe
VENTS
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT

257 Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at
START,
3-WAY SWITCH AT
258 three points
MIDPOINT AND
259 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing) DRAWINGS
A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN Pre requisite in use of split
260
CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm knob and tube wiring
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential

MULTI WIRE BRANCH
261 difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference
CIRCUIT
between it
381/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest
262 6000mm to 7600mm
for an effective disaster prevention in building
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground
263 over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 5500 mm
600 volts to ground
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
264 electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, 3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled together
with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
265 24 amperes
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
266 30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

267 85 amperes
22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a
268 45 amperes
8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

269 15 amperes
2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
270 5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20
271 3.5 sq.m
ampere rating
272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will
Automatic Transfer
273 automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during
Switch (ATS)
electrical power failure.
Moisture resistant, in
274 TW in electrical wire specification means.
wet anddry location
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower
275 Specific Lighting
arrangements, etc.
Moisture and Heat

276 XHHN in wire specification means. Resistant- Cross-Linked
Thermosetting
277 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit. 10'
278 The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red
Pvt. Automatic Branch

279 PABX or PBX means.
Exchange
382/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
280 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
281 Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
282 Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
283 Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
284 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and
285 Thermosetting
does not soften when reheated.
286 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm
287 Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm
288 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
289 Service Drop
splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.
Telecommunication
290 The simplest type of building automation system.
System
291 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature
292 metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector
293 A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX
294 Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
295 The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the
296 Busway
enclosure, also called Busduct.
383/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and
297 Bus
distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.
An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in

298 completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to Busway
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
299 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared
300 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam
301 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways
302 or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed Pull Box
conductors.
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from
303 Microwave
movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
304 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with
Ultrasonic (or
305 Microwave system.
Microwave)
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused
306 Proximity / Capacitance
by intrusion.
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture
307 Metal Halide Lamp
of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it
308 Mercury Lamp
produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb
309 Tungsten Halogen Lamp
reacts with chemically with tungsten.
High-Pressure-Sodium
310 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
(HPS)
311 Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on
312 Air Terminal
the upper part of a structure.
313
314
384/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
385/525
PREPARED BY:
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
386/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in
1
the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the

2
field of sanitation?
3 NPCP refers to:
4 Its complete RA no:
5 What is the meaning of BOD?

Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be
6
equipped with __________.
Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
7
fixtures and other apparatus.
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental
8
Engineering?
This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that
9
is governed by set of rules
In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
10
___________ laws.
What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
11
was plagued with epidemics.
Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
12 strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and
other surfaces through fixture usage.
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing

13
became more defined and appreciated?
The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of

14
a given population.
____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the
15
environment.
____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly
16
usable
This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
17 of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when
temperature rises.
An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
18
Philippines.
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with

19
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?
This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,

20
1955.
The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
21
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
22
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?
387/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?
24 What is the act for Water Quality Management?

TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing
25
with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
26 governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard
Plumbing Code (NSPC)
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while

27
Plumbum is to ___________.
28 Solid waste, from water closet
29 Liquid only, fixtures other than WC
30 is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.
In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during

31
periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.
In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
32 west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath
sidewalks.
____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
33
skeleton of the distribution system.
34 ____________ is used for city water pipes.
____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted
35
siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
36
newer plumbing installation.
A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
37
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
38
backwards and forwards.
Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
39
for individual houses.
____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
40
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
41
plant.
42 Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.
43 Used to supply or remove water from a building.

Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called
44
____________ .
Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
45
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
46
____________ of the total daily demand.
In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
47
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
48
low lying areas
TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
49
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.
388/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands
50
or in the coastal regions near the sea.
This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at
51
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
52
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
_____________ is a junction between water supply systems
53 through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an
otherwise safe supply.
54 What are the 3 main sources of water supply?
_____________ is required to be installed so as to register the

55
amount of water supplied to a building.
56 _____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.
______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar

57
devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
______________ is when water contains visible material in
58
suspension
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal

59
state should be distinguished from turbidity.
The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium

60
are the common impurities which cause ______________.
_______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
61 will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and
incrustations in water mains.
Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
62
should be _____________.
The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change in
63
temperature is known as the _______________.
64 ________________ is water bearing stratum.
65 There are two types of well____________ & ____________.
66 The recommended slope for the house drain.
A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and

67
domestic waste only.
A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human
68
excretement.
A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
69
excretement.
Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
70
domestic purposes.
A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water
71
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.
A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
72
suspension.
73 MCL means
389/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well
74
as storm water.
75 This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.
In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the
76
basement ceiling.
A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
77
possible the ______________ of the building.
A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
78
system.
79 The house drain should be provided with adequate number of
80 The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.

Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within
81
____________ of the water intake.
TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch
82
shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be
83
utilized as floor drain.
TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
84
radius fittings.
A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
85
sealed with a wooden shelter.
A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
86
the deposit settle able material.
A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
87 to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the
ground.
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.
89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources

90 such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.
91 A pipe venting acid waste system.
92 A watertight container of sewage.

A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or
93
liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
94 This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.
95 Considered as the oldest type of sewer.
96 Minimum width for septic tank.
That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from

97 the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in
the street or septic tank.
Sometimes referred to as “the collection line of a plumbing
98
system.”
390/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
The septic tank should be double compartment and should be

99
capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT
100
ACT 2000.
How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
101
subject to rotting.
102 TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a

103
house.
TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
104
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
105
junction of the drain pipe?
An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
106
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
107
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
108
business areas.
It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
109
to a satisfactory terminal.
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the

110 portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof
terminal
This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample
111
amount of ground space between buildings is available.
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
112
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
113 within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in
congested business areas.
What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
114
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115 Rainwater piping should not be used as:
116 Roof drains shall not be made of __________.
117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____
118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________

What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
119
junction of the drain pipe?
120 All storm drains should be graded at least
This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer
121
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.
391/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the

building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________
122
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal

Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time
124
to allow settle able material to deposit
TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies
125
according to its length and grade per foot.
TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
126
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
127
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at

128 right angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly the
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of

129
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.
TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided

130
with a concrete or stone foundation.
TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized
131
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from

132
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through

the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
133
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the

134 drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the
conductor.
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,

135 or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a

136
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.
137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply?
138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater?

What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a
139
ball floating on the surface of water?
140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes?
What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to
141
corrosion?
142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet?
392/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
143
installation in buildings?
144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes?
145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser?
146 CISPI stands for:
147 “U” in UPVC stands for

The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings
148
______stories in height.
149 It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and

150
____________.
A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a “u”
151
bolt clamp.
A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
152
fixtures for flushing purposes.
Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer
153
and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not
154 required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow
through it rapidly.
155 A pit for the reception or detention for sewage
A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm
156 water, waste water or sewage
157 The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical
158 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of
159 the tank
A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for
160 reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste

All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less
162 than ____ percent
163 All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg.
164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown
165 A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes.
166 Level 3 types of water service refers to:
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap:
393/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is:
169 The minimum size of a swimming pool drain:
170 Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for:
171 The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by:
172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water:
173 Women’s urinal fixture:
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:
176 Prevents water hammer:

Theater or movie house’s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of
177
water per day :
178 . Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of:
179 The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:
180 A pipe fitting shape like letter “S”:
The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or
181 behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the
fixture trap:
The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an
182
elementary school:
183 The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet:
184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter
185 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping:
186 The minimum slope of a building drain:
187 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal:
188 The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall:
189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath:
190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for:
The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both
191
elementary and secondary school:
192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
394/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite
193 screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods
and regulate the length and tension of this rods:
The first section of water supply piping in a

194
building after the water meter.
A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by
means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
195 is parallel to the normal direction of flow of
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
196 The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called?
197 lowest portion of a trap
198 pipe for wastewater
199 liquid waste
200 These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets.
201 vertical pipe used for the storage of water
202 receptacle for organic discharge
203 accumulated or settled solid waste
204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole
206 end of a pipe that fits into a bell
207 backflow due to negative pressure
What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation
208
of air to and from any part of the drainage system?
209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects
210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets
211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction.
212 reservoir for liquid
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures
214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead
215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water
216 Minimum width of a septic tank.
395/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
217 Minimum length of a septic tank.
218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary
220
compartment of a septic tank.
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic
221
tank.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
222
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
223
tank.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
224
seepage pit or cesspool.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
225
disposal field.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub
230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and
231
polybutylene.
A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
232
connection at the water main.
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
233
between drainage and vent system
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
234
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of
236
fixture.
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
237
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher.
239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type
243
water closet.
Term applied to the interconnection of the same
244
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
245
of a back to back vent.
396/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
246 the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
247
than 15 meters from the source.
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
248
venting.
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
249
field of ancient Rome.
250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.
A specially designed system of waste piping
embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
251 sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of
air above the flow line of the drain.
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged
252
directly to the nearest ___.
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
253 water-carried waste into a drainage
system with which they are connected.
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located
254
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.
256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during
258
the incipient stage.
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
259
as a draw-off tap.
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
260
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower
262
stall.
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal
263
urinal.
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
264
section of plumbing for water test.
How many days, at least, shall be given before any
265 plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
266 the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy
said testing.
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings
267
safe for humans.
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
268 to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on
top of the other.
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating
269 equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar
equipment requiring union fittings. 397/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.
271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
272
pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
273
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
274
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
275 Maximum length of a tailpiece.
276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the
277
roof
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
278
any other vertical surface.
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any
279
openable window or opening.
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
280
where it is protruded.
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
281 roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack
282
requiring a parallel ventstack.
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
283
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
284
in water.
285 Women's urinal fixture.
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to
286 clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a
small irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet
287 except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water
surface area, moderately noisy.
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.
288 Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush
valve, requires higher pressure.
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
289 directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;
siphon.
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
290
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
291 flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or
vortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
292 the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
293
smaller water surface and trapway.
398/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
294
codes
The concussion and banging noise that results when a
295 volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses
momentum.
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
296
across the passage.
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
297
internal wall.
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
298
sewage treatment plant.
299 The centerline of pipe.
300 The interior top surface of a pipe.
301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
302 Color code for pipes containing acid.

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du
303 pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5
meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
304 used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground.
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.
a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage
pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
305
reducer or adapter.
c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a
true vertical position.
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes
306
referred to as.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
307
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water.
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base
309
of a soil stack?
The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
310
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.
A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a
circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
312 of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the
face of the disk.
399/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in
313 which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate
into the plumbing system.
Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which
314
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.
A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures
316
except for fixture have integral trap.
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.
A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
318
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
319
piping.
The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
320
where local individual connection is done.
A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
321 discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
322 and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water
and waterborne waste.
That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
323
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate
point of disposal.
A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
324 drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
valve body.
A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a
325 storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
326
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.
A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is
about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
327 commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.
A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing
system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
328 digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.
A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage
system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
329
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or
one cubic foot of water per minute.
400/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be
completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
330
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture
supports.
A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
331
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage
or wastewater through it.
A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less
332
than the atmospheric pressure.
A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
333
free of fecal matter.
A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
334
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
335 fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer
In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply
336 line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337 A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent
A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture
338
connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack
A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both
339
fixtures
340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of
342
waste from a drainage pipe
343 See common vent
344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps
A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the
345
fixture served or terminates in the open air
346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the
347
originating waste or soil stack
Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from
348
a room fixture
349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and
350
vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound
351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to
352
the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof
353 A vent which also serves as a drain

401/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of
354
preventing pressure changes in the stack
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a
355
supply of water from any source other than its intended source
Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to
356
negative pressure
Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a
357
common horizontal waste or soil branch
358 A flange that is not drilled
359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water
360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials
361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits
362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned
363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings
Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are
364
made on the extended portion
365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often
366 liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer
system or private or or public sewerage treatment
367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures
Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and
368
and similar fixture
A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be
369
removed for the purpose of cleaning
370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and
371
vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections
Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
372
installation of fixtures
A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the
373
hydrant or to the same nozzle
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function
374
w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain
Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown
375
weir and the top of the dip of the trap
Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low
376
yielding water well
377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer
402/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault
379 Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer
380 A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water
381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water
382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing
383 Color coding of high pressure steam
384 Color coding for fuel oil division
The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage
385
system
386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof
387 A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat
388 An underground tank reservoir to store water
389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain
Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of
390
water
A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure
391
fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level
A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of
392
the connection when needed
A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing
393
purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
394 Another name for corporation cock
A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a
395
seal against the passages of gases and odors
A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic
396
tank effluent may flow covered with earth
397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface
An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain
398
through sewer
399 A type of fitting for yoke bent
400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub
401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain
402 BATH FOOT
403 BATH SHOWER STALL
404 BATH SITZ
405 BATH TUB

403/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
406 BIDETS
407 COMBINATION FIXTURE
408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN
409 FLOOR DRAIN
410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS
411 LAUNDRY TRAYS
412 SINKS (DISHWASHER)
413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC)
414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE)
415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR)
416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY)
417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP)
418 URINAL (PEDESTAL)
419 URINALS (LIP)
420 URINALS (STALL)
421 URINALS (THROUGH)
422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES)
423 WATER CLOSETS
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed
424
through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl
Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the
425 rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the
trapway
Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface
426
area are smaller
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying
427
through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes
428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out
A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of
429
the body
430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter
404/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor
433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor
434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall
437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain
438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m
439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m
440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m
441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m
442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school
443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school
444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools
445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places
446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants
447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings
448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test
449 It should not be used for steam
450 High Pressure
451 Exhaust Fan
452 Fresh Water, low pressure
453 Fresh Water, high pressure
454 Salt water piping
455 Oil Delivery
456 Oil Discharge
457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION
458 GAS DIVISION
459 FUEL OIL DIVISION
460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION

405/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of
461
the following does NOT require it?
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet
462
and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service
463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building
Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is
464
simultaneously opened?
465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE
466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE
467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE
468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts

Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the
469
total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?
A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature
470
temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful
471
and maintenance free
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual
472
pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts
A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an
473
angle
474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing
475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe
476
takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack
Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally
477
dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained
478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point
479 solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F
480 GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution
481
system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a
482
plumbing system
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
483
where
406/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return
484
pipe
485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5"
Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at
486
higher pressure
Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or
487
branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm
489 type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote
control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control
490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap
491 The presence of Fire Service Connection
Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main
492 distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1
¼" and 2"
493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes
494 and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards
495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe
496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER
497 Pipe not used as water service pipe
498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system
499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source
500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line
501 Device used to prevent water hammering
502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent
503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure
504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet
The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent
505
inlet at the trap
506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch
507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside
A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last
508
fixture of the battery
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
509
surface
407/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a
510
submerge piston
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
511
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.
512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade

A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water
513
distribution
514 PE
General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different
515
plumbing fixture
516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor
517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent

The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim
518
of the fixture
519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet
520 Supply valve tank type for water closet

A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3
521
inches
522 Location that does not require installation of clean out
523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent
524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe

Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged
526
from other fixture to the house drain
Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from
527
the Fire service Connection
In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
528 apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum
required working pressure
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and
529 fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the
storm water drainage with their devices
530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source
531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting
532 Common term for a two way service connections
533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve
534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe
535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain
536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration

408/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver
538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height
539 Passing on it can treat hardwater
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
540 where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the
return pipe
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a
541
submerge piston
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
542
surface
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
543 shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at
the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450
544
ft. total develop height
A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water
545
droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.
546 Minimum width of a septic tank.
547 Minimum length of a septic tank.
548 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
549 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.
550 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank.
551 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more
552
than 6 cubic meters.
553 Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false.
554 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank.
555 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool.
556 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.
557 Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.

409/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
558 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
559 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
560 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
561 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or
562
vent shaft.
563 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub
564 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.
565 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.
566 Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.
567 Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.
568 Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.
569 Classifications of copper pipes.
570 A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool.
571 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as.
572 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene.
573 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system.
574 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass.
575 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture.
576 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution.
577 Component of fire extinguisher.
410/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
578 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
579 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
580 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
581 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.
582 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet.
583 True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.
584 True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with
585
one branch vent.
586 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent.
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less
587
from the fire service connection.
588 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by
589
the principle of a ___.
590 Treats hard water.
591 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting.
592 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.
593 In Latin, it means 'lead'.
A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one
594
or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately
595 sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.
596 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
597 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
411/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
598 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___.
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage
599
system with which they are connected.
600 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.
601 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.
602 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
603 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
604 Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage.
605 Condensing unit is a part of a ___.
606 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap.
607 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.
608 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.
609 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.
610 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.
611 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.
612 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.
613 Ratio of urinals for elementary school.
614 Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.
Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings
615
serving 55 occupants for employees.
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the
616
ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.
617 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test.
412/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done
618
after written notice for inspection.
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water
619
test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.
620 Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.
621 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans.
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain
622
pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater,
623
conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.
625 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.
True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical
626
position.
Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless
627
such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.
628 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
629 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or
630
crawl hole.
631 Maximum length of a tailpiece.
632 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.
True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used
633
underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.
634 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof.
635 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface.
636 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening.
637 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded.
413/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside
638
from protection from weather.
639 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack.
640 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.
641 True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe.
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
642 applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum
required working pressure.
643 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for
644
the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?
645 Women's urinal fixture.
True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or
646
adapter.
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple
647
washout action through a small irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap
648
passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces
649
contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours
650
bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and
651
through the down leg.
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to
652
create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action
653
initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and
654
trapway.
655 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes.
The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe
656
suddenly stops or loses momentum.
414/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
657 The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings.
658 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage.
659 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall.
660 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant.
661 The centerline of pipe.
662 The interior top surface of a pipe.
663 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
664 Color code for pipes containing acid.
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and
665 major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white,
666
soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
415/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBING REVIEWER
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
416/525
PREPARED BY:
PLUMBARIUS
PLUMBER
NATIONAL PLUMBING
CODE OF THE PHILS.
IRA 1378
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN
DEMAND
WATER SEAL TRAP
INSTALLING
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
NATIONAL STANDARD
PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
GRECO-ROMAN
CIVILIZATION
CARRYING CAPACITY
MAN
PLUMBING SYSTEM
HEAT
RA 1364
American Master Plumber

JOHN F. HASS
SANITARY ENGINEERING
LAW
DOMESTIC SEWAGE
28-Jun-55
417/525
PREPARED BY:
17th CENTURY
ACT 2152
FALSE
TRUE
LEAD – a metal used by

Romans as a plumbing
material
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
GRAVITATIONAL FLOW
METHOD
DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS
OF PUMP
SERVICE HEADERS
PRIMARY FEEDERS
CAST IRON PIPES
STEEL PIPES
DUCTILE IRON
CORROSION
RECIPROCATING PUMP
HAND PUMP
BOOSTER PUMP
LOW LIFT PUMP
HIGH LIFT PUMP
PIPE LINES
DELAVAUD PROCESS
INTAKE CONDUIT
1/6 to 1/3
1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
TRUE
418/525
PREPARED BY:
FRESH WATER
PLUMBING FIXTURES
BALL COCKS
CROSS CONNECTION
* RAINWATER
* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER
WATER METER
VACUUM BREAKER or
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
BACKFLOW
TURBIDITY
COLOR
ALKALINITY
IRON
OPEN TRENCH WORK
COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
EXPANSION
AQUIFER
WATER TABLE WELL &

ARTESIAN WELL
2%
SANITARY DRAIN
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
POTABLE WATER
WATERBOURNE DISEASES
TURBID
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT
LEVELS
419/525
PREPARED BY:
COMBINED DRAIN
COMBINED DRAIN
HOUSE DRAIN
FOUNDATION WALL
INDUSTRIAL DRAIN
CLEANOUTS
PD 856
200m
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
PRIVY
CATCH BASIN
CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
GOVERNMENT
SEWAGE
INFLOW
ACID VENT
SEPTIC TANK
SEWAGE PUMP
ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
COMBINATION PUBLIC
SEWER
0.90m
HOUSE SEWER
HOUSE DRAIN
420/525
PREPARED BY:
2.8 - 3.0 TIMES
RA 9003
50%
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FIXTURE DRAIN
WATER
ABSORPTION
INSIDE STORM DRAIN
STORM DRAIN
ROOF LEADER
OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
INSIDE STORM DRAIN
STORM DRAIN
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT

PIPE
IRON
OUTSIDE WALL OF THE

BUILDING
WITHIN THE BUILDING
WALLS
FIXTURE DRAIN
¼ INCH PER FOOT

COMBINATION HOUSE
SEWER
421/525
PREPARED BY:
VERTICALLY,
HORIZONTALLY
GUTTER
LIQUID
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
NO
APPLIANCE
BALL COCK
BRASS PIPE
COPPER PIPE
FIXTURE
422/525
PREPARED BY:
CAST IRON PIPES
FIXTURES
APPURTENANCE
CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
INSTITUTE
UNPLASTICIZED
LESS THAN 25-STORIES
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE
SILICON
CLAMP GATE CALVE
FLUSHOMETER VALVE
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
DRUM TRAP
Cesspool
Drain
Invert
Privy
Sludge
Vent Pipe
Sewer Pipe
2%
Bends
Crown weir
Coupling
artesian well
lavatory faucet
423/525
PREPARED BY:
water (potability)
2”dia
coagulant
schedule
elbow
bidet
15 m.
nipple
Float Valve
total number of auditorium
seat
water pipe
Crown weir to bottom dip
U-trap
Back vent pipe
1 per 35
2" dia.
waste pipe
stack
1/16 in./ft.
2" dia.
2" dia.
2" dia.
Gas Pipe
1 per 30
black
424/525
PREPARED BY:
Turnbackle
Water distributing pipe
Globe valve
catch basin
dip
drain pipe
effluent
soil stack
standpipe
septic tank
sludge
water hammer
escutcheon
spigot
back siphonage
vent stack
fumigant
soil stack
check valve
cistern
flush valve
caulking
disinfections
90 cms.
425/525
PREPARED BY:
1.50 mts.
70 cms.
1.80 mts.
1.50 cum
508 mm.
1.50 mts.
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
38 mm.
51 mm
Polyethylene
Corporation Stop
Relief Vent
Escutcheon
Developed Length
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
Storm Sewer
1 1/2'”
1/8 Bend
1-1/2"
3/8"
Battery of Fixtures
Common Vent
426/525
PREPARED BY:
4"
4"
6"
Plumbarius
Plumbum
Combination Waste and

Vent system
Sanitary Sewer Main
Fixture
2 1/2"
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir
Double Bend
2"
3”
3m
3 days
15 minutes
8%
300 mm
300 mm
427/525
PREPARED BY:
4 ft.
60˚
305 mm
450 mm
6.10 mts.
600 mm
4.60 mts.
15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
3.00 mts.
10
Pressure Regulating Valve
Softening
Washdown
Washdown
Reverse Trap
Blowout
Siphon Vortex
Siphon Jet
Siphon Vortex
Siphon Jet
Reverse Trap
428/525
PREPARED BY:
Washdown
Water Hammer
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent
Spring Line
Crown
Invert
black
Teflon
all true
all true
House Drain
Ball Valve
Zeolite
Wye and 1/8 Bend
Full bath
Globe valve
429/525
PREPARED BY:
fixture
Battery of fixtures
Drainage, waste and vent
Gooseneck
Privy
Riser
Stack
Water main
cesspool
plumbing
Building sewer
Ball valve
Branch interval
Yoke vent
gooseneck
Septic tank
Drainage fixture unit
430/525
PREPARED BY:
Roughing-in
Trap
Backpressure
Waste stack
Soil pipe
Water supply system
BRANCH VENT
CIRCUIT VENT
COMMON VENT
CONTINOUS VENT
DRY VENT
DUAL VENT
GROUP VENT
INDIVIDUAL VENT
LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT
LOCAL VENT
MAIN VENT
RELIEF VENT
UNIT VENT
STACK VENT
WET VENT
431/525
PREPARED BY:
YOKE VENT
BACKFLOW
BACK SIPHONAGE
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
BLANK FLANGE
BLIND FLANGE
CAULKING
COUPLING
UNION
NIPPLE
DEAD END
DEVELOPED LENGTH
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
FIXTURE BRANCH
FLOOD LEVEL
FERRULE
INVERT
PLUMBING SYSTEM
ROUGH IN
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
SOIL PIPE
TRAP SEAL
WATER RESERVOIR
SHOCK RELIEF AND

EXPANSION CHAMBER 432/525
PREPARED BY:
50 FEET OR MORE
2 PERCENT
CULVERT
BLACK WATER
RECESSED
WHITE
BLACK
TRAP OR WATER SEAL
2.50 M
COMPRESSION VALVE
CISTERN
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
PRESSURE COCK
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
UNION PATENT
FLUSHOMETER
CORPORATION STOP
AIR TRAP
ABSORPTION TRENCH
ILLUMINATION
CATCH BASIN
WYE FITTING
1 1/2"
150mm DIAMETER
1 1/2"
2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
433/525
PREPARED BY:
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
2'
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
3"
3"
1 1/2"
2"
2"
1 1/4"
3"
SIPHON-VORTEX
SIPHON-JET
REVERSE TRAP
WASH DOWN
BLOW OUT
BIDET
GI PIPE SIZES
19.05mm or 3/4"
434/525
PREPARED BY:
46 cm.
122cm
61 cm.
122 cm
5 FEET
1/4" BEND ?
51mm or 2"
64mm or 2 1/2"
4"
6"
RATIO OF 1:25
RATIO OF 1:30
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:5
4 CLOSETS
3 HEADS
GALVANIZED PIPING
WHITE
BUFF
BLUE
BLUE
GREEN
BRASS OR BRONZE
YELLOW
GRAY
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
435/525
PREPARED BY:
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB
DRY STANDPIPE
WATER SERVICE PIPE
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE

OF THE WATER SERVICE AND
DISTRIBUTION PIPE
1 ½"
1 ¼"
64mm or 2 ½"
64mm or 2 ½"
SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE
3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER
BALL VALVE
132 LITERS PER MINUTE
ELBOW REDUCER
FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND

COMBINATION
CIRCUIT VENT
REVERSE OSMOSIS
FIXED TEMPERATURE
HEAT DETECTOR
COUPLING
PRESSURE REGULATOR
WRONG CHOICE OF VENT

TYPE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
436/525
PREPARED BY:
jet,jack,reciprocating
5"
URINAL FLASH VALVE

ASSEMBLY
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
CHECK VALVE
AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE
PILLAR SYSTEM
THREE FIXTURES
DRY STANDPIPE
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND

FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
UPVC DWV SANITARY
PIPES AND FITTINGS
ASBESTOS PIPE
Shower set for bath (drawing)
FIBER CEMENT PIPE
GATE VALVE
64mm or 2 1/2"
61 cms
AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2

THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT
NOT LESS THAN THE
VENT PIPE
3/8"
6 FEET
2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X

1/8 BEND
COUPLING REDUCER
CIRCUIT VENT
JET
437/525
PREPARED BY:
RECIPROCATING
CENTRIFUGAL
46 mm
BELL REDUCER
POLYETHELENE PIPE
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
38 mm (1 1/2")
WYE FITTING
6"
1 1/2"
3/8"
COUPLING
AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL

OFA SOIL STACK
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
COMMON VENT
NUMBER OF FIXTURE
SOIL PIPE
102 mm (4")
UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD
PLUMBING SYSTEM
64 mm (2 1/2")
6"
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
BALL
NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND,

LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
438/525
PREPARED BY:
JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
JACK
ZEOLITE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
RECIPROCATING
JET
CENTRIFUGAL
JACK
Lawn Sprinkler System
90 cms.
1.50 mts.
60 cms.
1.80 mts.
1 cum.
508 mm.
1.50 mts.
FALSE
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
26
439/525
PREPARED BY:
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
15 cms.
0.90 mtr.
38 mm. (11/2")
51 mm. (2")
Rigid and Flexible
Burr
House Drain
Polyethylene
Relief Vent
Escutcheon
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
440/525
PREPARED BY:
Strom Sewer
1 1/2" (38mm)
1/8 Bend
1 1/2"
3/8"
TRUE
FALSE
Battery of Fixtures
Common Vent
4" (102mm)
4" (102mm)
Ball Valve
Zeolite
6" (150mm)
Plumbarius
Plumbum
Combination Waste
and Vent system
Air curtain
Air curtain
441/525
PREPARED BY:
Sanitary Sewer Main
Fixture
2 1/2" (64mm)
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization
Refrigeration
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir
Double Bend
2"
3"
(1:30)
(1:25)
(1:75)
(1:75)
(1:5)
442/525
PREPARED BY:
15 minutes
Atmospheric Vacuum
Breaker
8%
300 mm
300 mm
4'
60˚
TRUE
TRUE
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
0.45 mtr. / 450 mm
6.10 mts.
600 mm
4.60 mts.
TRUE
150 mm / 15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
443/525
PREPARED BY:
3.00 mts.
10
Softening
TRUE
Upfeed System / Direct

Method
Wye and 1/8 Bend
Energy Efficiency Rating

(EER)
Washdown
TRUE
Washdown (WD)
Reverse Trap (RT)
Blowout (BO)
Siphon Vortex (SV)
Siphon Jet (SJ)
Siphon Vortex (SV)
Siphon Jet (SJ)
Reverse Trap (RT)
Washdown (WD)
Water Hammer
444/525
PREPARED BY:
Developed Length
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent
Spring Line
Crown
Invert
Black
Riser Diagram
Teflon
445/525
PREPARED BY:
446/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an

1 opening Air Curtain
A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it
2 is distributed to an air conditioned space. AHU (Air Handling Unit)
A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its
3 normal limit of travel Bumper
The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to
4 the floor at the bottom of the hoist way. Elevator Landing
When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance
5 of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part. 610 mm.
There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below
6 the sill of the pit access door 660 mm
7 Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm
8 Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related
9 elevator
hoisting and lowering mechanisms.
10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler
11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor
Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by
12 compressor
mechanical means.
A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature,
13 humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial air-conditioning
materials that are handled or stored there.
14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator
15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator
Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with
16 an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooling tower
cooled.
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting
17 dumbwaiters
relatively small articles between levels.
18 Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight
19 Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails
Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite
20 counterweight
ends of the cables to car is fastened.
21 Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft

447/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor
23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer
24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central
25 locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of centralized air con
fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
26 Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor
27 Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger? hydraulic elevator
28 it is a device to control the temperature. thermostat

It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving
29 Truss
stairway component
30 In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house
31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels. escalator

The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of
32 a system or the part of a system under consideration is called – demand factor
The following are basic component parts of an

33 governor
escalator except____.
34 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux
Which of the following is not a component of a
35 counterweight
hydraulic elevator?
A bathroom containing a water closet, a
36 Full bath
lavatory, and a bathtub.
The following are elements of centralized
37 Method of cooling
airconditioning system except _______.
Acoustics is a science that concerns with
______.
38 a. Transmission of sound All of the above
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in
39 Conduction
contact with each other.
Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or
40 Dampers
other air handling equipment.
41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon
42 gas used as refrigerant with water ammonia
43 an air compartment or chamber plenum
44 liquid which is discharged as a waste effluent
45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation
448/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
46 device used only to add humidity in the air hunidifier
47 heat is transferred through materials Conduction
48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas evaporator
49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing? coil
50 device to control the thermostat relay
51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct Dampers
52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight. elevator
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency governor

where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
54 sprocket assembly
of an escalator
55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized? boiler
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple
57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser

It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and
58 gearless traction
driving sheave.
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics
60 steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes –
61 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator
62 0.60 mtr
for small commercial or residential building.
A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer Automatic Transfer
63
the power from the standby generator to the building Switch
circuitry during electrical power failure.
The minimum face to face distance between elevators
64 2.0 mts.
in three and four car grouping.
A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the
66 Humidistat
air
67 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin
68 Thermosetting
which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
An Instrument which responds to changes in
69 temperature, and directly or indirectly controls Thermostat
temperature.
A machine that converts mechanical energy into
70 Alternator
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
71 Heat
order to absorb ___.
A device installed on an electric water heater used to
72 Thermostat
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
73 Air curtain
of spaces. 449/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which
Fixed Temperature Heat
74 uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
Detector
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.
75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or
76 Air Motor
valve
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C
A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the
78 Psychrometric Chart
properties of air-system mixtures.
79 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat
The transmission of heat energy from one place to another
80 Convection
by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the
81 Energy Efficiency Rating
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input
energy? (EER)
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning
82 system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air Fan Coil Unit
stream injected to a conditioned space.
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
83 and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be Safety Shoe
used together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
84 they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the Fascia Plate
floors.
In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is
85 overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is Weighing Device
eliminated.
86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the
87 Limit Switches
highest and lowest floor.
In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object
88 Handrail Guard Switches
becomes wedged at the guard.
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off
89 positions to stop or Disconnect Switch
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit
Mechanical Maintenance
90 location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator
Locking Device
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically Current Overload Safety
91
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. Switch
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
92 Knife Switch
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
93 Ton of Refrigeration
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
94 Sheave
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
95 Governor
an elevator.
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
96 Counterweight
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
450/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to
97 which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on Winding-Drum Machine
which they wind.
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
98 Winding-Drum Machine
counterweight.
In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed Limit Controls and
99
unsafe operating conditions. Interlocks
The following are basic component parts of an escalator
100 governor
except____.
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator? counterweight
The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system
102 Method of cooling
except _______.
A mechanical device used to
103 A transformer is ______. step up or step down voltage
in ac
A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat
104 Thermal load
transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.
The following are ways in which heat may be transferred
105 Polarization
except____.
The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
106 3 section truss
escalator.
Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
107 All of these
c. Provided with air handling unit
d. All of these
The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual
Seasonal energy
108 usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,
efficiency ratio
in watt-hours is known as_____.
Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,
109 commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning R-22
system?
The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in Resistance and
110
ac is a combination of _______. reactance
A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
111 Endless belt
connected to the steps is known as _____.
What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
112 558mm
escalators?
What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
113 Both a and b
a. Temperature of the surrounding air
b. Motion of air
114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12? Dichlorodifluormethane
115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____. 90-120fpm

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in
116 changing the state of a substance LATENT HEAT
without changing its temperature.
117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air AIR CONDITIONER
BUGLARS AND
118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system
PROWLERS
119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT
451/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
120 The current of air or gases DRAUGHT OR DRAFT
121 Requirement for a dry standpipe 4 STOREY
122 Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK
A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car
123 DUMBWAITER
excusively for carrying materials
124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER
125 The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.
An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of

126 THERMOSTAT
temperature of the space
127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth BULLDOZER
ACOUSTICAL LAY IN
128 The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system
PANEL
129 The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL
130 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F
Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube
131 REAR OR TOP
either from these places
132 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from
133 SOUND INSULATION
passing through the members into adjoining room
The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one
134 LUX
square meter surface
135 Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the
136 AIR HANDLING UNIT
air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space
137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
138 Protection of PVC pipe underground CONCRETE CASING
139 Reflection of sound from curve surface CREEP
140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR
Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize
142 BUFFER
building shocks to the car
That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest
143 PIT
landing floor of the hoistway
144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum WINDING DRUM MACHINE
145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS
452/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm
When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a FOR REPAIR AND
147
sufficient room for this INSPECTION
148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS
149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway 4 ELEVATORS
150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators 3 HOISTWAYS
151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS
152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes 30mm
OVER LOAD RELAY AND

153 Provision for all elevators REVERSE POLARITY
RELAY
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
154 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight BUFFER
safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
MONITORING CONTACTS
155 detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the
ON STEP CHAIN
system in any eventuality
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over
156 CIRCUIT BREAKER
current
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the
157 OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens
158 SAFETY SHOE
the door
159 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
160 DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope
161 MAGNETIC BREAK
to operate the safety gear
162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated
163 GOVERNOR
speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
164 OTIS-U.S. A European brand of

elevator
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car
165 or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety

MONITORING CONTACTS
166 switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities
ON STEP CHAIN
and shuts down the system in any eventuality
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts
167 CIRCUIT BREAKER
from over current
453/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to

168 OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
open the door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and
169 SAFETY SHOE
re opens the door
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator
will open only when the car stops at the floor
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp
172 MAGNETIC BREAK
the rope to operate the safety gear
Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached
174 LIMIT SWITCH
the designated end of travel course
175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees
176 Minimum width of balustrade 558 mm
177 Maximum width of balustrade 1.20 m
178 Maximum width of the steps 330 mm
179 Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm
R.C CONCRETE OR
181 Provision for boiler rooms inside the building
MASONRY
3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE

182 Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials
WALL
183 No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter
184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts
185 Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve 2 CHECK VALVES
NON RETURN OR SHUT

186 Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel
OFF VALVE
187 Provision of every boiler ONE SAFETY VALVE
188 Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE
189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection 15 DAYS
190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F
2.30 meters ABOVE THE

191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building
FLOOR
192 Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES
193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters
454/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and
194 FAN COIL UNIT
cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space
1.5 TIMES MORE THAN

195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on DOWN COLLECTIVE
196
while descending CONTROL
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on
197 UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL
while ascending
GOVERNOR - safety gear,

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated
198 safety shoe, magnetic
speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
break
199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket ESCALATOR'S PART
When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange ONE IN FRONT OF THE
200
in banks OTHER
201 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760
202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
203
building automation system to close in case of fire within the area DAMPERS
AT THE ESCALATOR
204 Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator
MACHINE ROOM
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room 12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON
205
of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain OF REFRIGERATION
International Standard and

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH
206 EN 81.1 Code in designing
THE MACHINE ROOM
a machine room
STANDARD INSTALLATION
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE OF ESCALATOR NOT
207
BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./
TRUSS
208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE
209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out
FOAM INSULATION
KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site
COMPONENT PART
211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat SEASONAL ENERGY
212
moved per watt of electrical input energy EFFICIENCY
213 Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower TONS OF REFRIGERATION
A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to
214 THERMOSTAT
activate a switch
455/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
215 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight BUFFER
safely
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat
moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. MONITORING CONTACTS
216
They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or ON STEP CHAIN
electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over
217 CIRCUIT BREAKER
current
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens
218 SAFETY SHOE
the door
219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN
Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its EVAPORATORS CANNOT
221
efficiency and performance BE LOCATED AT CEILING
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
only when the car stops at the floor
223 Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope
224 MAGNETIC BREAK
to operate the safety gear
226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH
227 designated end of travel course EMERGENCY SWITCH
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream
228 FAN COIL UNIT
injected into the conditioned space
The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance
229 Latent Heat
without changing its temperature.
230 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential
231 0.60 mtr.
building.
232 Another name for passenger elevator. Lift
233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.

An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable
235 Sheave
or roped is passed.
236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier
237 Another name for a Rectifier. D.C. Generator
238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air. Humidistat

456/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
239 Another name for Humidistat. Hygrostat
240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator. Governor
241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop
An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls
242 Thermostat
temperature.
243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation
A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating
244 Alternator
current.
245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat
A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to
246 Thermostat
activate a switch.
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open
247 Outside Door Latch
the doors from the outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if
248 Panic Bar
subjected to pressure.
249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197˚F
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower Pressure Regulating
250
constant pressure. Valve
251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery,
252 Counterweight
or the like.
On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car
253 Winding-Drum Machine
are fastened, and on which they wind.
254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall
255 600 mm
not be less than ___.
256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm
257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm
258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min
259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning. 68-74 ˚F

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable
260 Microphone
electrical current.
261 A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector
262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart
263 Heat that raises air temperature. Sensible Heat

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a
264 Convection
mass of fluid.
Limit Controls and
265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.
Interlocks
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to

266 Fan Coil Unit
dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.
457/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is
267 Safety Shoe
something. Photocell can be used together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which
268 Fascia Plate
is stopped between the floors.
In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open
269 Weighing Device
until overloading is eliminated.
270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches
272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard. Handrail Guard Switches
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off
273 Disconnect Switch
positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental
274 Mechanical
movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied Current Overload Safety
275
to the motor. Switch
276 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs. Knife Switch
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same
277 Ton of Refrigeration
tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
458/525
PREPARED BY:
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
459/525
PREPARED BY:
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic

1 medium Sound
2 A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ
3 Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.
The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of
4 time. Frequency
Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated
5 reflections. Reverberation
Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/

6 sec. after hear the direct sound. Echo
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing

7 back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces. Flutter
8 A device used for sound absorption Fibrous Materials
9 This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface Creep
10 Sound travels only about ___________m/sec. 344 m/sec
11 It is the measurement of the intensity of sound. decibel
12 It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db
It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound

13 diminishes for the case by 60db after the original Reverberation time
sound has stopped.
It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
14 omnidirectional mic
sound arriving at it from any direction
It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
15 incandescent
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
16 photometry
science that deals with measurement of light.
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one
standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
17 candle power
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays

leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
18 which spreads the light in various directions, in Diffusion
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.
460/525
PREPARED BY:
It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling

19 Lumen
on a surface from the source.
Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is

20 the reciprocal of ohm
defined as _______.
A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.

21 Watt
What is electrical power?
In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
22 1 lumen per sq.m.
the unit for lux?
In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound
23 intensity ______ the square of the distance Varies inversely with
from the source.”
Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity
24 (usually power or intensity) Decibel
relative to a specified or implied reference level.
An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in
motion relative to each
25 droppler effect
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and
decreasing when they move apart
26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls? flutter
27 – delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard Echo
28 unpleasant or unwanted sound Noise
29 What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics
environmental
30 study of effects on environment upon audible sound
acoustics –
31 study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics
32 What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle? wavelength
33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency –

a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in
34 sound –
the air
35 What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source? magnitude
36 unit of loudness of sound decibel
37 at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure velocity –
38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci
39 one characterized by large amounts of absorption dead room
40 characterized by very small amounts of absorption Live room
41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation
42 state existing in a system which is set into oscillation resonance

461/525
PREPARED BY:
simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single
43 pure tone –
frequency
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special
44 Specific Lighting
objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
45 Unit of loudness level. Phon
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting
46 Sound Absorption
it to heat.
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure
48 level of sound which is transmitted from one point to Sound Attenuation
another.
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of
49 Sabin
perfectly absorptive material.
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to
50 Sound Diffraction
be bent or scattered around
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being
51 Threshold of Audibility
detected by the human ear
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an
52 Sound
elastic medium.
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
54 Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela

Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area
57 General Lighting
lighting.
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction
59 Luminance
per unit of projected area.
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
60 Foot-Candle
foot.
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
61 Lux
meter
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is
62 Indirect Lighting
directed to the ceiling and upper
63 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
64 The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity

Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular
65 Accent Lighting
points of interest.
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID). High-Pressure-Sodium

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts
68 Microphone
variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as
69 Cross Light
from windows in adjacent walls.
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
462/525
PREPARED BY:
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and
71 Eggcrate
used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of
72 Floodlight
illumination over a large area.
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat
73 Passive Infrared
range of body temperature.
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of
74 Passive Infrared
light beam.
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in
75 Ultrasonic
sound wave pattern.
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
76 alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building Microwave
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive Passive Infrared with
77 Ultrasonic (or
infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system. Microwave)
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in
78 capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion. Proximity / Capacitance
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is
79 produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor, Metal Halide Lamp
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,
80 uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an Mercury Lamp
electric discharge in mercury vapor.
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the
81 reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically Tungsten Halogen Lamp
with tungsten.
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and High-Pressure-Sodium
82
sidewalks, uses sodium gas. (HPS)
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or
83 Frequency
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition,
84 Transmission Loss
the higher the number, the
greater the insulation value.
212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet
85 Infra Red
type.
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band
86 Porous Absorbents
frequencies.
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward
87 Refraction
changes direction as it passes through different densities.
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux? 1 lumen per sq.m.
89 Tesla is the unit of____. Magnetic flux

In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound intensity ______ the
90 Varies inversely with
square of the distance from the source.”
a. Transmission of sound
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______. b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______. Curve surface

463/525
PREPARED BY:
Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following
____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
93 All of the above
b. Material density
c. Medium
d. All of the above
Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?
a. Shape and proportion of room
94 b. Room cavity All of the above
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above
A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below
95 Nadir
the luminaire. What is that term?
It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption
96 Sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered
97 Architectural acoustics
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,
98 Structureborne sound
etc. It is referred to as _____.
A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
Environmental
99 environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,
acoustics
etc.
This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,
consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
100 Hermholtz resonator
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave
configuration.
A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different
101 Individual resonator
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____. Threshold of hearing
103 Unit of capacitance is _____. Farad

The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium That sound travels in a
104 c. That sound travels in a vacuum vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
105 b. Kind of medium All of the above
c. Material density
d. All of the above
Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.
106 10% opening
Which facing will reflect more sound?
Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest Cafeteria with people in
107
sound pressure level (SPL)? it
108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ
109 Unit of loudness of level PHON
110 Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection REVERBERATION

464/525
PREPARED BY:
111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration WAVELENGTH
112 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION
113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium SOUND
114 Sound sensation in a single frequency PURE TONE
115 A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity CANDELA
116 A lighting fixture LUMINAIRE
117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter LAMBERT
118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot FOOT CANDLE
120 Rate of flow of light through a surface LUMINOUS FLUX
121 Resistance in AC system IMPEDANCE
122 Reciprocal of resistance CONDUCTANCE
123 Rate of flow of sound energy SOUND INTENSITY
124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING
125 A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP
126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz ULTRASONIC
127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber SABINS
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal AVOIDING ZONES OF
128
acoustic environment DIRECT SOUND
INSTALL ABSORBENT
The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, MATERIALS WITHIN THE
129
for noise reduction within a space WALL OF THE
ENCLOSURE
130 Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz 7,380 fps
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area
131 INTENSITY
perpendicular to the direction of propagation
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction
132 REFRACTION
as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend
133 Unit of loudness level. Phon
134 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption
465/525
PREPARED BY:
135 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted
136 Sound Attenuation
from one point to another.
137 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin
138 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction
139 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility
140 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound
141 Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
142 Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
143 Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
144 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
145 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting
146 The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
147 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance
148 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle
149 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper
150 Indirect Lighting
walls of the room.
151 The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten
152 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
153 The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
154 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting
466/525
PREPARED BY:
155 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
High-Pressure-Sodium
156 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
(HPS)
157 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light
158 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted
159 Eggcrate
by an overhead source.
160 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight
161 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through
162 Refraction
different densities.
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per
163 Frequency
second.
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a
164 measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the Transmission Loss
insulation value.
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
467/525
PREPARED BY:
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
468/525
PREPARED BY:
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
469/525
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth? BUTACA
2 is an exquisite chest drawers comoda
3 is a modified church pew kapiya
4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat gallinera
5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats? al mario
6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door aparador
7 is used to store food and utensils pamingalan
8 is a daybed diban
9 What is escritoire? a writing desk

arm chair with closed
10 is called bergere
arms
hanging or standing
11 is called the etagere
shelves
crowning ornament on
12 is called finial
furniture
Ludwig Mies van de
13 Who designed the “Barcelona Chair”?
Rohe
14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge Le Corbusier –
15 designed the cantilevered chair Alvar Aalto
16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair Marcel Bruer
17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal tulip chair
18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam chaise

is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and
19 ribbon chair
pre-foamed latex foam
20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass gyro chair –
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
470/525
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
471/525
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
472/525
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
473/525
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
474/525
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
475/525
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
476/525
162
163
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
477/525
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
478/525
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
479/525
BAHAY KUBO
Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan
BAHAY NA BATO
Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega
Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio
distinctive features
1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with
capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower
portion of the wall
3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a
window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser Imhotep
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates
with Phidias
Erechtheum Athens, Greece Mnesicles
Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece Polykleitos
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy Acrippa
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus
Colosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and Domitian
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C. James Hoban
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
National Gallery Of Art John Russel Pope
Washington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert Mills
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
Massachusetts State House Charles Bulfinch
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York James Renwick
Connecticut State Capitol Richard Upjohn
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
New York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant
Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd Wright

Guggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd Wright
Coonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd Wright
Ennis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd Wright
Johnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd Wright
Larkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd Wright
Wingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd Wright
Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss
FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France Peirre Lescot
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Hotel de Ville Domencio de Cortona
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de Sully
ParisOpera House Paris, France Charles Garnier
Elysee Palace Claude Mollet
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine Napoleon I
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France
Amien's Cathedral
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel
Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le Corbusier
Villa Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier

GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater Gottfried Semper with
Karl Von Hasenaver
Berlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Wurzburg Residenz Balthazar Neumann
Einstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich Mendelsohn
ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE
British Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke
Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, England

Queen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones
Somerset House London, England William Chambers

St. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher Wren
Chiswick House Chiswick, England Lord Burlington
Westminster Palace London, England Sir Charles Barry
Glasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Durham cathedral Durham, England
Buckingham Palace Sir George Goring
CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Heaven China
Hagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and Anthemios
Cathedral of Siena Southern Italy
Pisa Cathedral Pisa, Italy
Florence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di Cambio
Krak des Chevaliers Syria
Alhambra Granada, Spain
Casa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Casa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Sagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi
Taj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah Jahan
PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio Estavillo
Vigan Church Ilocos Sur
Santa Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno Fernandez
Tumauini Church Isabela
Angat Church Bulacan
Barasoain Church Bulacan
San Sebastian Church Manila Genaro Palacios
San Augustine Church Manila Juan Macias
Taal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver
Daraga Church Albay
Miagao Church Iloilo
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Petron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
BSA Twin Tower Mandaluyong
G.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Robinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOK
ICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati Arquitectonica
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill

SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD
Petronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & Associates
Sears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Jin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Plaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Empire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon
Associates
Central Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
and Associates
Bank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & Partners
Emirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants
Intenational, Ltd.
The Center Hong Kong, China
T & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata &
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
AON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone &
Associates
John Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design
Associates
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
& Associates
Burj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins
& Partners
Baiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co.
Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van Allen
Bank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee Architects
Library Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Malaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Daewoo and Partners
AT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOM
Chase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Ryugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers
STYLE
Ancient Greek, Doric
Ancient Greek, Ionic

Ancient Greek
Ancient Roman
Roman
Ancient Roman
Georgian Neoclassical
Neoclassical
Neo-Egyptian
Classical, Neo-Palladian
Colonial Georgian
French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Expressionist Modern
Modern
Prairie Style
Deco Modern
Modern
Early Modern
Neo-Vernacular
Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details
French Renaissance
High-Tech Modern
Early Gothic
Neo-Baroque
Gothic exempler
French Gothic
Victorian Structural
Expressionist
Expressionist Modern
Modern
STYLE
Expressionist Early Modern
Victorian Ionic façade

Classical Revival
English Gothic
Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
Neoclassical
Late Renaissance to Baroque
Palladian
English Gothic Revival
Art Nouveau
Romanesque
Byzantine
Gothic and Mediterranean
Romanesque
Italian Romanesque
Medieval
Moorish(Islamic)
Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Art Nouveau
Expressionist
Islamic
Baroque
ultra-baroque
Baroque
Gothic Style
Baroque or Neo Classic
Romanesque and Neo Classic

NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT
88 / 452 meters
110 / 443 meters
88 / 420.60 meters
79 / 382 meters
102 / 381 meters
78 / 374 meters
70 / 369 meters
56 / 358 meters
73 / 350 meters
85/ 347 meters
83 / 346 meters
100 / 344 meters

81 / 325 meters
80 / 322 meters
60 / 321 meters
90 / 320 meters
77 / 319.40 meters
55 / 312 meters
73 / 310.30 meters
77 / 310 meters
61 / 307 meters
75 / 305.40 meters
105 / 300 meters

TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS
Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus



















TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )
ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.

Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row
or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with
an independent entrance for each dwelling units.
Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and
used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants
quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.
ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use
of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by
the public.
Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.
Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of

occupancy.
Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or
occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence
of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own
cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.
Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the

gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation,
workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or
more persons in drinking and dining establishments.
Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and
of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting
building.
Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.
Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which
is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and
which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent
open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the
accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.
Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for
food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and
partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is
less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided
by columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in
accordance with previous arrangement.
Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.
Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum
open spaces.

Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals,
chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or
a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In
case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be
considered the established grade elevation.
Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the
bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the
floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and
explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.
CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials

or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable
for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance producing
combustion gases not in excess of 538°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.
chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney

suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538 ° C under normal
operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760 ° C during
intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at
the appliance flue outlet.

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney

suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093 ° C measured at the
appliance flue outlet.
Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton,
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and
other similar materials commonly used in commerce.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C
(100_F).
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that
are easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement
and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite
cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace
slags.
Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials
to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after
forming or fabrication.
Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface
on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than
0.20 percent copper.
CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic
matter or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free,
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its
reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surroundings.
CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials
attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the
underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be
directed upwards to a roof vent.
DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which
automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to
the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person
within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal
areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person.
DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more
volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.
DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house",
"lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two
"dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.
Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are
intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping,
cooking, and eating.

Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo,
nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.
Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families

living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single
housekeeping unit.
Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively
by one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an
electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the
incandescence of the conducting vapor.
EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall
include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps,
stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and
yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe
dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when
determining the permissible distance of travel.
Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required
exits.
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building
occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire
resistance of one-hour.
Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court
with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as
contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective
purposes.

FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm
the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire
to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to suppress
the fire.
FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or
partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the
probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere
with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.
FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the
protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection
system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat,
smoke and combustion products and other warning system components, personal
protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other
garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.
Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and
when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes
shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive
combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when
exposed to the weather.

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls,

barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into
a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or
panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve,
among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed
from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and
delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire
resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of
buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.
FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may
be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession
upward.
FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or
dimensions.

Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline,

distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.
Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are
housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.
Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50
percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage
of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per
vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or
mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series
of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own
power from and to the street level.
Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists
or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than 1.50
meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a
public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the
sidewalk, alley, or public way.
Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys,
beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive
floor number counting upward.

Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be
considered to be guest room.
Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets,
pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries,
unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.
Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within
a building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the
common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor
and the room.
HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication,
conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or
explosions.
Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for
use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or

storage of helicopters is permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around
a wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored
and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is
wound and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for
hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public
dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.

Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of
fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.
Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the

form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone,
terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in
combination.
Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or
wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.
Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as
defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick
which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.
Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material
required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or
other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No
material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in
combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the
effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.
INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting

materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same,
and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials
being treated.
JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in

an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the
enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
construction above.

Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it

includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all
other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering
into the becoming a part of a building or structure.
Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except
dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar
equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure.
Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money,
goods, labor or otherwise.
Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or
may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the
land designated as lot or recorded plot.
Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of
not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.
Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a
corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow
clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or
combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.
Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level
and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of
a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in
which it is constructed.
Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations
of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and
percentage of occupancy.
Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or
land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is
situated.
Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term
shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not
intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or
intended to be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof
by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or
sufferance of the latter.
ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen
readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under
conditions of high temperature.
OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw
or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical
system.
Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under
consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or
real property.

OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities

sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door
leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders,
lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical
beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and
lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.
Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of

which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment
wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.
PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner

where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber
and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above
normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more
people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00
meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to
the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed

to air.

REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from
a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial
distillation and electrolysis.
Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the
purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of
construction.
SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine
smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical
equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.
Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to
deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the
building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly
unpleasant to look at.
SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate

impurities from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.
Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.

SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping
installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern
which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products
from a fire.
Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of
any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or
breeding purposes.

Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used

for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein
scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance
between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more
than 1.50 meters.
Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.

Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses
can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to
the outlets as needed.
Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and
the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the
ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or
unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any
point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a
storey.
Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors,
floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the
floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of
the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed,
this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.
Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams,
trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or
roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and not a
part of the structural frame.

Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any
piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.
Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or
traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into
the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross
bracings) are sometimes used.
Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.

Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and
similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum
of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a
horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening;
and
surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from
the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind,
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding
material applied over an approved backing.
Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.
Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to
floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior
parts of a house or building.

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members,
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.
Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.
Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said
buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of
admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets
or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting
over the street line.

Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical

wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for
portland cement plaster.
Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property
line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between
the front and the rear yards.

Architectural Reviewer (All Subjects) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Architectural Reviewer (All Subjects) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Architectural Reviewer (All Subjects) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

3 Greek architecture was essentially.

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used

14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing

17 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but

20 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

24 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

How many stained glass are there in the Chartres

Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular

32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

35 The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of

42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44 A foot race course in the cities.

45 Architects of the Parthenon.

50 Japanese tea house

52 Domical mound containing a relic.

53 Ifugao house (southern strain).

The style of the order with massive and tapering columns

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,

59 Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

62 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a

65 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

67 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71 A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

75 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76 "A house is like a flower pot"

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany

78 Architect of TWA airport.

79 "Modern architecture need not be western".

80 Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma

82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and